Accounting
(ACC)
ACC 500 Advanced
Accounting (3). A comprehensive examination of some of the most complex
accounting problems including consolidated financial statements, partnerships,
foreign subsidiaries, estates and trusts, and consignment and installment
sales. Prerequisite: ACC 301.
ACC 501 Accounting
for Governmental and Nonprofit Entities (3). Accounting and reporting
principles, standards and procedures applicable to (1) state and local
governments, including counties, cities, townships and villages; (2) the
federal government; and (3) other not-for-profit institutions such as universities
and hospitals. Prerequisite: ACC 200, ACC 201 and ACC 202 with minimum
grades of C in each course, or ACC 490 with a minimum grade of C.
ACC 502 Advanced
Income Tax (3). Continued study of the Internal Revenue Code and Regulations
with stress on the advanced aspects of income, deductions, exclusions and
credits, especially as they are related to the tax problems of partnerships,
corporations, estates and trusts. Prerequisite: ACC 302.
ACC 503 Advanced
Cost Accounting (3). The study of selected advanced cost accounting
topics including cost management, discretionary cost control, inventory
management, capital budgeting, transfer pricing, performance evaluation
and reward structures. Traditional and contemporary operational environments
are emphasized. A business simulation requires the use of cost and managerial
accounting models in planning, control, performance evaluation, decision
making and product costing. Prerequisites: ACC 303 and 308.
ACC 506 Principles
of Auditing and Assurance Services (3). An in-depth study of the principles
of auditing and the performance of attest services. The purposes of audit
and attest services, qualifications of the auditor, classes of attest services,
professional ethics, legal responsibilities, professional standards, audit
and attest procedures, and audit and attestation reports are among the
topics covered. Prerequisites: ACC 301, ACC 303 and ACC 308.
ACC 507 Professional
Certification Review (1). A faculty-supervised independent study to
prepare students for professional certification. Includes but is not limited
to the CPA, CMA, and CIA certifications. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Graded pass/fail.
ACC 509 Accounting
Theory (3). Designed as a critical examination of relevant AICPA literature,
especially Accounting Research Bulletins, Accounting Principles Board's
Opinions and Statements, and the Financial Accounting Standards Boards
Statements. Contemporary developments are examined in the accounting literature
and through reports. Prerequisite: ACC 301.
ACC 511 Survey of
Accounting Principles for the Nonprofit Organization (3). Fundamentals
of accounting procedures are discussed in detail. Concepts unique to accounting
systems in nonprofit/volunteer organizations, such as types of funds and
account groups are introduced. Budgeting, internal control and related
tax issues are also discussed. Extra assignments will be required of graduate
students.
ACC 595 Special
Problems (3). Research by students in fields of special interests.
Includes project research studies and intensive reading programs, accompanied
by conferences with professors in fields involved. Prerequisite: consent
of instructor.
ACC 602 Tax Planning
and Research (3). The study of tax research methodology. Emphasis is
placed on the sources of tax law and their relationship to tax research.
Administrative tax procedures and principles of tax planning as related
to tax research are explored and evaluated. Prerequisite: ACC 302 or equivalent.
ACC 604 Quantitative
Financial Controls (3). An in-depth study of management accounting
techniques and methods needed for effective management of business enterprises.
The trade-offs management makes in acquiring and using accounting information
for decision-making and control are discussed. Specific topics include
cost behavior and estimation, short-term decision making, budgeting, performance
evaluation, cost allocation, and product costing. Prerequisites: ACC 200
and 201 (or ACC 490); and BPA 355 or equivalent.
ACC 606 Auditing
Theory and Practice (3). Emphasizes independent auditing services that
CPAs provide. Engagement planning and documentation, internal control,
evidence accumulation for major categories of processes and accounts, reporting,
statistical sampling, and audits of computer-based systems are the major
topics. Prerequisite: ACC 506 or equivalent.
ACC 608 Seminar
in Accounting Information Systems (3). A seminar course in contemporary
accounting information systems. Research in selected systems topics is
required, along with a formal research paper. A few examples of the research
topics include: internal control, the systems development life cycle, artificial
intelligence and expert systems, database and distributed systems, electronic
commerce, networks, and telecommunications. Students present and discuss
their research findings in class. Prerequisite: Either ACC 308, an upper-level
course in information systems, or consent of instructor.
ACC 609 Issues in
Corporate Financial Reporting (3). An examination of corporate financial
reporting issues including the application of accounting techniques and
theory under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) to financial
reports of large companies. In addition to covering traditional financial
reporting issues, the course also emphasizes financial reporting issues
related to initial public offerings, mergers and acquisitions, environmental
contingencies, international accounting standards, and other contemporary
topics. Prerequisite: ACC 300 and ACC 301.
ACC 644 Graduate
Cooperative Education (3). May be repeated to a maximum of six credits.
Cannot be used to meet M.B.A., M.P.A. or M.S. degree requirements. Graded
pass/fail. Prerequisite: permission of chair.
ACC 695 Special
Problems (3). Entails research by graduate students in fields of special
interests. Includes specialized research projects and intensive reading
assignments that are accompanied by conferences with professors in the
fields involved. Prerequisites: 12 hours of graduate credit in business
and consent of instructor. May be repeated for a total of 6 credit hours.
Administration
and Supervision
(ADM)
ADM 600 Introduction
to Educational Leadership (3). This introductory course examines the
theoretical concepts and organizational patterns of governance and management
of schools within the social and philosophical structure of our culture.
Field research project required. Note: Recommended initial course in school
administration.
ADM 624 School and
Community Relations (3). A study of the local community and its relationship
to the school program, an analysis of proven communication processes and
principles and their use in two-way communication strategies to strengthen
the school's resources. Field research project required.
ADM 627 School Law
and Finance for Teachers (3). Designed for the classroom teacher. A
study of the laws and finance pertaining to teachers as they work with
students, administrators, colleagues and community interest groups. (Same
as EDU 627.)
ADM 630 Methods
of Research (3). A study of procedures used to locate sources of information,
organize and interpret collected data, and apply results of published research.
Various research methods are studied and used.
ADM 641 Survey of
Research and Effective Practice (3). A survey of research in the elementary
school as it pertains to effective teaching, learning and leadership. The
components covered will include (but not be limited to) the following areas:
accountability, assessment, climate, community involvement, curriculum,
expectations/goals, leadership, monitoring and student feedback and organization.
ADM 642 Survey of
Research in Effective Middle Schools (3). A survey of research in the
field of middle school education (5-8) as it pertains to effective teaching,
learning and leadership. The components covered will include (but not be
limited to) the following areas: motivation, curriculum, assessment, climate,
monitoring and student feedback, expectations/goals, leadership, organization,
time-on-task and accountability.
ADM 643 Survey of
Research in Effective Secondary Schools (3). A survey of research in
the field of secondary school education as it pertains to effective teaching,
learning and leadership. The components covered will include (but not be
limited to) the following areas: curriculum, assessment, monitoring and
student feedback, community involvement, expectations/goals, leadership,
organization, climate, time-on-task and accountability.
ADM 644 Survey of
Research in Effective Schools (3). A survey of research in the school
as it pertains to effective teaching, learning and leadership. The components
covered will include (but not be limited to) the following areas: accountability,
curriculum, expectations-goals, leadership, monitoring student feedback
and organization.
ADM 645 Educational
Resources Management (3). A survey of resources available to a public
institution to support the mission of the institution and related programs.
This is a general overview of public finance, site-based budgeting techniques,
linking of resources to programs based on data and accountability. Identification
and reallocation of resources will be tied to the learning mission of the
unit. Resources other than financial will be included and special emphasis
will be given to human resources including personnel and site-based councils.
ADM 650 Clinical Supervision
(3). A study of clinical supervision principles and practices for the
aspiring supervisor or principal. Topics include the nature and functions
of supervision, strategies for use in supervision and the coaching nature
of supervision as well as skills in observing and analyzing along with
in-service programs and staff development. Field research project required.
ADM 655 Curriculum
and Program Development (3). A study of the supervisory functions dealing
with curricular and program evaluation and analysis and techniques for
bringing about program and curricular change and improvement within the
local school system. Field research project required.
ADM 657 Educational
Policy and Ethics (3). Provides a historical overview for the science
of institutional policy development in the United States. The relevance,
overlap, and interplay of educational policy and ethics at the local, state,
and national levels will be explored.
ADM 660 Elementary
School Administration (3). A study of the principal's roles and duties
in the elementary school, grades K-4, including leadership role and management
functions. Designed for students aspiring to the elementary administration
certificate. Field research project required. Prerequisite: ADM 650.
ADM 661 Middle School
Administration (3). A study of the principal's roles and duties in
the middle school, grades 5-8, including leadership role and management
functions. Designed for students aspiring to the middle school administration
certificate. Field research project required. Prerequisite: ADM 650.
ADM 662 Secondary
School Administration (3). A study of modern administrative theories,
processes and techniques applicable to the secondary school, grades 9-12.
The emphasis of the course is on the principal's role as the instructional
leader engaged in needs assessment, formulation of educational goals and
designing and implementing improvement strategies. Field research project
required. Prerequisite: ADM 650.
ADM 663 School Law
(3). A study of the legal aspects of education. Critical legal content
from constitutional law, court decisions, state statutes, state administrative
regulations, attorney general opinions, and local school district policies
will be covered. Note: Course may be taken as an elective by a person not
pursuing an administrative certificate.
ADM 664 School Principal
(3). A study of modern administrative theories, processes and techniques
applicable to the school, grades P-12. The emphasis is on the principal's
role as the instructional leader engaged in needs assessment, collection
and use of data, formulation of educational goals, design and implementation
of improvement strategies. Field research project required. Prerequisite:
ADM 650.
ADM 665 School Finance
(3). A study of the economics and financing of education. Benefits
from investments in education; major types of taxes to support public school;
inequalities in ability and effort to support education; local, state and
federal financial support of education; and the state foundation program
of school finance will be covered.
ADM 666 School Facilities
(3). A study of the methods and procedures involved in planning, constructing,
utilizing, maintaining and evaluating school facilities.
ADM 667 Pupil Personnel
Accounting (3). The specific procedures in pupil accounting which are
the responsibility of the director of pupil personnel. A study of systematized
records management including some attention to machine data processing.
Field research project required.
ADM 668 Practicum/Seminar
in Educational Leadership (3). This is a managed field practicum experience
where the student works with a building principal to develop depth in the
position experiences. This could include scheduling , professional development,
transformation planning, text book adoption, curriculum realignment, etc.
At intervals, such interns will be convened on campus or alternate sites
to share experiences and gain a broader perspective on the practicum experience.
ADM 669 Seminar
in School Administration (3). For advanced graduate students in school
administration. Deals with current problems and issues and stresses independent
investigation. Prerequisite: within last nine hours of program.
ADM 670 Topics in
Educational Technology (1-6). Applications of specific aspects of educational
technology as they relate to administration and instruction, school and
classroom management, networking, distance learning, statistical reporting,
pupil scheduling, information retrieval systems, and technology policy
issues. Course will be taught in discrete modules of 13-15 contact hours
for one semester of credit. May be repeated for up to six hours of credit.
ADM 674 Directed
Study in School Administration (3).
Designed for advanced graduate students who want to do in-depth research
on special problems. Requires advanced study and analysis of literature
and preparation of substantial research documents. May be repeated once
for credit.
ADM 675 Introduction
to Alternative Education Settings (3). Course serves as an overview
to effective teaching and administrative practice in the alternative education
settings. Students enrolled in the course must maintain a portfolio of
course assignments and documentation of field experiences for evaluation
for university credit. Field hours are required.
ADM 676 Practicum
in Educational Administration-Supervision (1-6). Supervised practice
in local, state, regional and/or federal educational agencies. The study
will deal with problems in curriculum development, public relations, discipline,
business management, planning facilities, staff development, scheduling,
finance and instruction. Arrangements shall be made in the semester preceding
the semester of enrollment. Prerequisite: minimum of 15 hours in school
administration or consent of instructor.
ADM 677 Crisis Management
in Educational Settings (3). The content of this course provides educators
with the skills and information to analyze safety data, plan for both school
safety interventions and procedures and to manage crises in an educational
setting. Field hours are required.
ADM 680 The School
Superintendent (3). A study of the unique position of the superintendency
as to its historical development and its relation to the board of education,
to the community power structure, and to the faculty and staff of the district.
Notice will be given to the superintendent's perspective toward issues
and problems as the educational leader of the community.
ADM 720 Advanced
School Personnel Evaluation (3). A study and application of appropriate
techniques used to evaluate the act of teaching. All ethical and legal
aspects along with a sustained articulation methods, personnel records,
and necessary personal skills will be covered. Study will exceed state
and local evaluation systems and requirements.
ADM 723 Advanced
School Program Evaluation (3). A study and application of appropriate
techniques used to evaluate methods, programs, and strategies used in public
elementary and secondary education. All legal and ethical aspects along
with an accurate assessment of the results of school programs will be covered.
Study will include the relationship of goals, objectives, and activities
related to the learning outcomes. Extensive data will be collected, organized,
analyzed and presented as a measurement of program effectiveness.
ADM 725 Advanced
Methods of Quantitative Research in Education (3). A study of quantitative
research methods and statistics used in educational studies. Preparation
for quantitative research and conducting an abbreviated inquiry, collecting
and analyzing data as well as improving professional writing skills are
the focus of this class. Prerequisite: ADM 630 or comparable research course.
ADM 730 Advanced
Educational Research (3). The knowledge and skill necessary to conduct
educational research at an advanced level. Preparation to conduct research
at the doctoral level is emphasized.
ADM 739 The School
Superintendency (3). The role of the school district superintendent
is analyzed with reference to job responsibilities of the position, knowledge,
skills and dispositions necessary to serve successfully in the position
are examined.
ADM 749 School District
Administration (3). This performance-based course focuses on school
system operations including financial management and policy, administration
of auxiliary services, human resources planning and management, federal
and state programs, facilities planning and management and curriculum and
instructional support. The emphasis throughout the course will be on the
skills needed to perform the functions of the superintendent and the underlying
policy development and implications.
ADM 759 Strategic
Planning in Education (3). An examination of planning processes used
by leaders to direct educational change and improvement. Includes strategic
planning approaches designed to address macro and micro goals of organizations.
ADM 779 The Superintendency
Practicum (1-3). An analysis of the role of the school district superintendent
in practice with emphasis on changes in society and schools as well as
with reference to job responsibilities of the position. Students enrolling
in the practicum are expected to spend time interacting with practicing
school administrators at school district locations. (Student will be required
to take a total of three hours credit.)
ADM 798 Specialty
Study (3). This course is designed to enable the student, with the
supervision of his/her graduate faculty committee, to select a problem
directly related to the student's area of concentration, survey the research
literature, collect and analyze research data and prepare the research
paper.
ADM 799 Specialty
Study (3). Continuation of ADM 799.
Adult
Education
(ADE)
ADE 550 Adult-Community
Education in a Changing Society (3). Study of the concept of community
education and the fast-developing and emergent field of adult education
as they relate to designing and implementing a program of total and lifelong
education for the community.
ADE 551 Creative
Adult Learning (3). An analysis of the adult as a learner. The process
of aging, its implications for learning occupations, effect on families,
and social views are considered. Actualizing conditions for relationships
between personal developments and a free society.
ADE 555 Foundations
of Adult and Community Education (3). Provides a historical understanding
of adult and community education and how these two concepts evolved in
modern twentieth century education theory, with particular emphasis on
related aspects of progressive education as first envisioned and as revised
and refined in recent years.
ADE 599 Workshop
in Adult Education (1-3). This course covers workshops conducted for
certified teachers who additionally work with adults in evening adult education
classes. Accumulated credits are not allowed to exceed six credit hours.
ADE 652 Education
for Disadvantaged Adults (3). The motivation, experiences and uniqueness
of adult basic education students are considered. Practical and theoretical
bases for creative learning programs are stressed.
ADE 653 Adult Program
Curriculum Development (3). Designed to help teachers and administrators
select and develop appropriate adult programs that meet the needs of the
adult learner. Appropriate methods and materials needed to support specified
adult programs will be examined and/or developed.
ADE 655 The Community
Education Center (3). An examination of models of community education
based on relationships of community education to the K-12 curriculum in
schools and to other agencies within a community.
ADE 668 Practicum
in Adult Education (3). Closely supervised instruction in an adult
learning center and in adult evening classes. Practicum consists of helping
adults learn through a systematic approach of individualized instruction.
ADE 669 Practicum
in Adult Education Administration (3). Closely supervised instruction
in adult education program to include visitation to class sites, evaluation
committee meetings, and attendance at teacher and paraprofessional pre-service
and in-service training sessions.
Agricultural
Education
(AED)
AED 580 Methods
in Teaching Agricultural Education (3-6). Philosophy and objectives
of teaching agricultural education in a comprehensive program. Course concepts
include preparing and delivering lesson plans that involve problem-solving
method, lecturing, and laboratory based modules. Additional methods include
instruction in supervising occupational experience programs and coordinating
FFA programs. Learning theory, multicultural education and education of
the exceptional child are also included. Field and clinical experiences
are also employed. May be repeated for a maximum of six hours credit. Prerequisite:
AED 380.
AED 581 Instructing
Out-of-School Groups (3). Philosophy of vocational education for out-of-school
youth and adults in agricultural occupations. Application of principles
and techniques for organizing, conducting and evaluating instructional
programs. Field-clinical experiences. (Spring)
AED 582 Supervision
in Agricultural Education (3). Application of principles and techniques
of supervising individuals and groups in the field of agricultural education.
(With sufficient demand)
AED 583 Practicum
in Agricultural Education and Public Service Leadership (1-3). Individual
problems in areas of special interest in the field of agricultural education.
May be repeated up to six hours. (Fall, Spring or Summer)
AED 680 Research
in Agricultural Education (3). Advanced individual problems of special
interest in the field of agricultural education. May be repeated once for
a maximum of six hours. (Fall, Spring or Summer)
AED 681 Supervising
Student Teachers in Agricultural Education (3). Competencies needed
by the local supervising teacher to develop effective techniques of working
with student teachers in agricultural education. Orientation, communication,
supervising and evaluating student teachers. (With sufficient demand)
AED 682 Determining
Course Content in Agricultural Education (3). Developing and using
four-year course of study for high school students in agricultural education.
Includes gathering and interpreting local data as a basis for course building.
(With sufficient demand)
AED 683 Instructional
Material in Agricultural Education (3). Selecting, procuring, developing
and using instructional materials in the field of agricultural education.
(With sufficient demand)
AED 684 Beginning
Teacher Workshop (1-2). Problems of beginning teachers of agriculture
relevant to planning, developing, implementing and evaluating local instructional
programs. May be repeated for a total of three credits. (Fall)
AED 685 Advanced
Instruction for Out-of-School Groups (3). Gathering and interpreting
local data as a basis for program planning and course building for out-of-school
youth and adults. Organizing and conducting classes. (With sufficient demand)
AED 686 Administration
and Supervision in Agricultural Education (3). Principles of administration
and supervision. Organizational structure of the various levels, including
the state plan. Primarily for agriculture teachers, supervisors, counselors
and school administrators. (With sufficient demand)
AED 687 Teaching
Agricultural Mechanics (3). Role of agricultural mechanics in the vocational
agriculture curriculum. Course building, selecting, procuring, developing
and using instructional aids in teaching agricultural mechanics with emphasis
on demonstrating use of such materials. Building and equipment needs. (With
sufficient demand)
AED 688 Modern Problems
in Agricultural Education (3). Classwork, not individual problem work,
on modern problems in the field of agricultural education common to the
group of students enrolled. May be repeated for a maximum of six credits.
(With sufficient demand)
Agriculture
(AGR)
AGR 501 Diseases
of Livestock (3). Distribution, general nature, methods of dissemination,
sanitation, prevention and eradication of common infectious and parasitic
diseases of domestic animals; hygiene and preventive medicine, with emphasis
on the transmissible diseases. (Fall)
AGR 502 Advanced
Nutrition (3). A study of physical and chemical properties of feeds.
Digestion, absorption and metabolism of nutrients and factors affecting
these functions are emphasized. The nutrient requirements of farm animals
and effects of nutrient deficiencies are also studied. (Fall)
AGR 503 Animal Breeding
(3). Study of hereditary traits in livestock, breeding designs, progeny
testing and herd analysis. (Spring)
AGR 506 Reproductive
Physiology (3). A study of the reproductive processes in mammals with
primary emphasis on domestic farm animals. Will include the anatomy, endocrinology,
behavior and general physiology of the reproductive processes. Artificial
insemination, estrous control, ova transplants and other practical production
practices will be covered. Lecture, two hours; laboratory, two hours. (Fall)
AGR 510 Animal Anatomy
and Physiology (3). Deals with the anatomy of body systems, how these
systems interrelate, and the physiology of body organs. Species covered
include porcine, bovine, equine, canine and feline. Three one-hour lectures
per week. Prerequisite: AGR 100. (Spring)
AGR 511 Animal Anatomy
and Physiology Laboratory (2). Deals with the anatomy of body systems,
how these systems interrelate, and the physiology of body organs. Species
covered include porcine, bovine, equine, canine and feline. Two hour laboratories
twice per week. Prerequisite: AGR 100. (Spring)
AGR 512 Beef Cattle
Management Systems (3). A study of beef production, forage management
and marketing systems. Lecture, one hour; laboratory, four hours. Prerequisites:
AGR 100 and 311. (Fall)
AGR 514 Teaching
Students Horsemanship (3). Designed for students interested in teaching
techniques of teaching horsemanship. Course includes preparation and application
of lesson plans. Prerequisite: AGR 304 or 306. (Fall)
AGR 523 Artificial
Insemination Techniques for Cattle (3). Designed to train students
to become competent A.I. technicians. Topics discussed will include reproductive
processes, health, nutrition, facilities and management of breeding herd.
Techniques concerning semen handling, heat synchronization and heat detection
will be taught. Laboratories will be designed to give students actual experience
in inseminating cattle. Prerequisites: AGR 100 and AGR 311 or consent of
instructor. (Summer, with sufficient demand)
AGR 530 Advanced
Agricultural Prices (3). Methods of price analysis and forecasting.
Index numbers, time series data commodity flows and statistical techniques
as applied to price analysis. Special emphasis will be placed upon the
use of commodity futures markets in estimating cash prices and in protecting
producers from cash price fluctuations. (Fall, even years)
AGR 531 Agricultural
Finance (3). A study of the needs and problems of financing farm and
farm service businesses, including a study of credit institutions serving
American agriculture. (Fall)
AGR 532 Farm and
Land Appraisal (3). A study of the methods and procedures of land and
farm property valuation with attention to appraisal programs of the credit
and farm service institutions. Prerequisite: AGR 130. (Fall)
AGR 533 Seminar
in International Agriculture Systems (3). A course designed to enhance
student's understanding of international agriculture systems and how they
relate to the overall impact on world food processing and production. An
emphasis is placed on systems which have the potential to impact and add-value
to American agriculture, as well as those which hold key relationships
to U.S. based agricultural trade and food development.
AGR 534 Types and
Systems of Farming and Agribusiness (3). Includes a general statistical
analysis of U.S. agriculture with attention to major agricultural regions
of the nation and types of farming areas of Kentucky. Special emphasis
is given to the organization of West Kentucky and regional farms and agribusinesses.
Field trips, interviews and financial analysis of successful firms. (Summer,
with sufficient demand)
AGR 535 Agricultural
Policy (3). The history, principles, setting objectives and means of
policy as applied to agriculture in our society. Prerequisite: AGR 336.
(Spring)
AGR 536 Quantitative
Methods for Agribusiness (3). A study of the use and theory of mathematics
as it applies to the fields of agriculture, finance and economics. Attention
is given to the elementary uses of algebra, matrix algebra and the calculus
as they apply to optimization problems in resource use efficiency. The
same mathematics will be applied to time value of money topics. Prerequisites:
ECO 230, 231 and MAT 140. (Spring, odd years) Must be admitted to graduate
studies prior to registering for this course to receive graduate credit.
AGR 537 Seminar
in Agricultural Business Systems (2). Course designed to enhance student's
understanding of, and experience in, agricultural business systems. Emphasis
will be placed on strategies of managing a successful agribusiness operation
and /or farmer-owned cooperatives. Prerequisite: AGR 130. Must be admitted
to graduate studies prior to registering for this course to receive graduate
credit.
AGR 538 Seminar
in Production Agricultural Systems (2). Designed to enhance student's
understanding of, and experience in, production agriculture systems and
how they relate to a successful farming operation. An emphasis is placed
on systems, which have the potential to impact and add-value to the
local, regional and
national agriculture economy, through classroom as well as laboratory experiences.
Must be admitted to graduate studies prior to registering for this course
to receive graduate credit.
AGR 539 Advanced
Computer Applications for Agriculture (3). An intensive course designed
to enhance the computer skills of agriculture students and to give them
the skills necessary to generate useful information and solve a variety
of agriculturally specific problems. Students receive instruction on advanced
word processing concepts, budget generation, statistical analysis, agribusiness
related software and global positioning systems in agriculture. Prerequisite:
AGR 339.
AGR 540 Veterinary
Surgery and Anesthesia (4). Clinical principles, practices and procedures
involved in the field of veterinary medicine. For animal health technology
students with senior standing. Prerequisites: AGR 340, 351, 352 and 400.
(Fall and Spring)
AGR 542 Plant Breeding
I (3). Basic principles and methods used in the improvement of important
agronomic and horticultural crops. (Fall, even years)
AGR 546 Integrated
Pest Management (3). Principles of plant pest control as related to
developmental stages of crop plants. Evaluation of pest problems, alternative
control methods and effects on the ecosystem. Emphasis on economic control
of insect and disease vectors that affect agricultural crops. (Spring,
even years)
AGR 547 Crop Management
(3). Study of the distribution, economic importance and management
of forage, grain crops and tobacco. (Fall)
AGR 548 Crop Physiology
(3). Basic principles of crop physiology; the effect of environment
and management practice on physiological processes, growth and development
of crops. (Spring, odd years)
AGR 549 Weeds and
Their Control (3). A study of the introduction, methods of dissemination,
reproduction and control of weeds by the most reliable methods and techniques.
Prerequisite: AGR 160 or 240. (Fall)
AGR 550 Applied
Pharmacology (3). Advanced clinical principles, practices and procedures
in the field of veterinary medicine. Prerequisites: AGR 340, 351, 352 and
400. (Fall and Spring)
AGR 551 Selected
Studies in Agriculture (1-3). An intensive study of an agriculture
topic that will vary from semester to semester. May be repeated to a maximum
of six hours. (With sufficient demand)
AGR 554 Soil and
Plant Analysis (3). A study of the chemical and analytical procedures
used on soils and plants along with instruction and theory of the use of
common analytical equipment. Lecture, one hour; laboratory, four hours.
Prerequisite: AGR 250. (Fall)
AGR 555 Advanced
Soil Fertility (3). The chemistry of the essential elements in soils
and the use and the manufacturing processes of various fertilizer materials
are considered. Prerequisite: AGR 250. (Spring)
AGR 563 Arboriculture
(3). Classification, identification and care of ornamental trees, shrubs
and vines, including pruning, bracing, surgery, transplanting, insect and
disease control, and fertilization, as related to large areas of organized
plantings. Lecture, two hours; laboratory, two hours. (Spring, odd years)
AGR 566 Advanced
Greenhouse Management and Production (3). A study of the principles
and practices used in the production of specific important greenhouse crops.
Considerable emphasis will be placed on the manipulation of environmental
conditions during production. (Fall, even years)
AGR 569 Plants for
Interior Design (2). A study of the basic plants used for interior
design and decoration. This study includes identification, nomenclature,
growing requirements, insect and disease problems and proper use of these
plants in interiors.
AGR 571 Advanced
Precision Agriculture (3). Designed for students who desire to apply
and expand knowledge of the acquisition and analysis of geographically
referenced data for the management of crop production systems, data formats,
geographic information systems, grid sampling, soil fertility and physical
properties, herbicide management, yield monitoring, variable-rate application,
crop modeling and economics.
AGR 573 Agricultural
Processing Systems (3). An analysis of systems and methods for harvesting,
processing and storing agricultural products. Includes drying and curing
principles, grinding, mixing, cleaning, sorting, material handling and
structural environmental design. (Fall, even years)
AGR 574 Agricultural
Irrigation and Water Systems (3). Includes determining water needs,
water sources, pumps, fundamental pipeline hydraulics and designing a complete
irrigation and/or water system for the farm. (Spring, even years)
AGR 575 Combine
and Grain Handling Systems (3). Developing a complete grain harvesting,
handling, drying and storage operation. A study of combine operation and
the materials flow concept, closed loop handling, psychrometrics, grain
drying, drying methods, facility layout and facility management. Combine
comparison, selection and utilization.
AGR 576 Agricultural
Electrification Systems (3). Study of the basic principles of electricity,
the fundamentals of wiring and selection, the operation and economics of
agricultural electricity equipment. (Spring)
AGR 577 Tractor
Power Principles (3). Study of the principles governing the selection
and application of tractors and power driven machines. Emphasis is placed
on operating systems of engines, including compression, ignition and carburetion.
Mechanical principles of tractors and preventive maintenance included.
(Fall, odd years)
AGR 578 Research
and Development of Agriculture Tractors and Equipment (3). Tours of
the major agriculture tractor and equipment industries. The tours include:
research and development, engineering, foundries, and the assembly of engines,
transmissions, final drives, combines, cotton pickers, and planting equipment.
(Summer)
AGR 580 Veterinary
Products (3). This course deals with old and new products currently
available in the veterinary market. Market will include the ordering and
purchasing of wholesale products, selling, inventory control, computer
programming, marketing, and pricing of products utilized in a veterinary
practice. (Fall)
AGR 582 Veterinary
Practice and Operations (3). Course will deal with the day to day events
centered around the operation of a veterinary practice. Supervisory skills,
communication skills, inventory, bookkeeping, planning, and advertising
are the main areas stressed in this course.
AGR 585 Specialized
Journalism/RTV (1-3). Directed individual study. Can be a journalistic
effort in areas such as science, sports, government, religion, graphics,
etc., or a project in radio or television such as a major production or
series, an extensive research project and paper, or other approved project.
Prerequisites: consent of instructor and written approved proposal required
prior to registration.
AGR 590 Internship
in Animal Technology (3-6). Practical full-time work experience to
be arranged through an animal-related facility during the fall, spring
or summer session. Site to be arranged by the student and approved by the
course coordinator. May be repeated for a total of six credit hours. Prerequisites:
AGR 100, 300, 331, 332, 340, 351 and 400. Enrollment only by consent of
instructor. May be repeated for a maximum of six hours of credit. (Fall,
Spring or Summer)
AGR 600 Research
in Agriculture (1-3). May be repeated for a total of three hours credit
with approval of the department chairman. An approved proposal signed by
the faculty member supervising the project must be submitted prior to registration.
Requires a minimum GPA of 3.0. (Fall, Spring, or Summer)
AGR 601 Forage Management
System (3). An intensive study of forage production and management
systems for livestock. (Fall)
AGR 605 Advanced
Ration Formulation (3). An advanced study in formulating balanced diets
to meet the requirements for lactation, growth and reproduction in livestock.
Practice in formulating least-cost rations and designing feeding programs.
Prerequisite: AGR 300. (Spring)
AGR 620 Agricultural
Experimental Design and Analysis (3). An introduction to planning and
designing agricultural experiments, stating the objectives, describing
the experiment, outlining the statistical analysis, and interpreting quantitative
results. Topics include random sampling, normal distribution, student's
test, analysis of variance, mean separation, chi-square and simple regression
analysis. (Fall)
AGR 621 Graduate
Seminar I (1). Reports concerning current topics in agriculture including
student and/or faculty discussions. Graduate students must enroll in this
course during the first semester of full-time graduate enrollment and must
complete all relevant paperwork to pass the class. Prerequisite: admission
to the agriculture graduate program.
AGR 622 Graduate
Seminar II (1). Reports concerning research projects, creative components,
thesis defense, and/or work experience including student and/or faculty
discussions. Graduate students must enroll in this course during the last
semester of graduate enrollment. Prerequisite: admission to the agriculture
graduate program.
AGR 633 Production
Economics for Agriculture (3). The techniques and principles of production
theory as applied to the organization and allocation of resources in agricultural
production. (Spring)
AGR 635 Research
Methodology (3). Selection, planning and conduct of investigation with
reference to alternative scientific methods. Oriented toward all the disciplines
of agriculture. Students present research problems coordinated with their
advisor. (Fall)
AGR 639 Agribusiness
Management (3). A study of the problems confronting agricultural marketing
agencies and an application of alternative techniques of analyzing these
problems; integration, new technology, selling, purchasing, warehousing,
etc. (Summer, with sufficient demand)
AGR 644 Graduate
Cooperative Education (3). May be repeated to a maximum of six credits.
Graded pass/fail. Prerequisite: permission of chair.
AGR 645 Biotechnology
and Agriculture (3). With the use of biotechnology, many new agricultural
products are entering the market. This course is a descriptive study of
biotechnology and its use in the production of these new products. The
class would include basic information about this technology, current capabilities,
current limitations, and future prospects.
AGR 648 Weed Science
(3). A study of specific problem weeds of the region, their growth
habits, life cycles, competitive effects, and the mode of action of herbicides
used in their control.
AGR 672 Advanced
Metal Work (3). Application of the principles of arc, MIG, TIG and
oxyacetylene welding in design. Primarily for vocational agricultural teachers.
Application of the principles of electric and oxyacetylene welding in design
and construction of agricultural projects. (Spring, odd years)
AGR 676 Advanced
Agricultural Electrification (3). Troubleshooting and repair of electric
motors and controls. Their utilization in handling and processing of agricultural
products. Lecture, one hour; laboratory, four hours. (Fall, odd years)
AGR 677 Agricultural
Power and Machinery (3). Analysis of agricultural machines, power units
and equipment. Securing, adjusting and preventive maintenance in order
to obtain maximum efficiency. Lecture, one hour; laboratory, four hours.
(Fall, odd years)
AGR 698 Thesis (3).
AGR 699 Thesis (3).
Anthropology
(ANT)
ANT 500 Directed
Studies (1-3). Selected topics in anthropology as arranged by the student
and a professor. May be repeated up to nine hours credit. Prerequisites:
at least 12 hours of anthropology and permission of department chair.
ANT 596 The Minority
Elderly (3). This course focuses on the minority elderly including
racial, ethnic and lower income groups. Applicable concepts and theories
in social gerontology will also be covered. Prerequisite: nine hours of
anthropology, gerontology or sociology or consent of instructor. (Same
as GTY 596.)
Archaeology
(ARC)
ARC 500 Directed
Studies (3). Selected topics in archaeology as arranged by the student
and a professor. May be repeated for up to nine hours. Prerequisites: At
least 12 hours of archaeology and permission of department chair.
ARC 510 Advanced
Archaeological Field Work (3-6). Advanced field training in the strategy
and tactics of archaeological survey and excavation. Intensive instruction
in recovery and documentation of cultural remains and data from archaeological
sites, the organization and logistics of archaeological field projects,
and supervision of field crews. Six weeks of continuous field work. Usually
offered only during the summer session. Prerequisite: ANT 302 or equivalent
and permission of instructor.
ARC 592 Historic
Preservation (3). This course will provide a general overview of the
different aspects of historic preservation, including downtown revitalization,
neighborhood organization, historic house management, preservation legislation,
preservation education and historic architecture. Much of the class is
taught in a laboratory atmosphere, with students making on-site visits
to a variety of historic preservation projects. Emphasis is given to the
study of the development of American architectural styles, so that students
can recognize historic houses and place them in a wider context. (Same
as HIS 592.)
ARC 598 Museum Studies
(3). This course will provide a broad introduction to the field of
museum work. Topics included will be the history and philosophy of museums;
the social, economic and political trends that shape museums; the staffing,
management and financing of museums; and the multiple functions of museums
— collection and care of objects, exhibition design and interpretation,
educational programs, research activities and public relations. This course
will be taught using the resources of the National Boy Scout Museum. (Same
as HIS 598.)
Art
(ART)
Note: In 500-level
studio and art history courses, students enrolled for graduate credit will
be required to do additional work.
ART 501 Seminar:
Special Topics in Art History (3). Changing seminar topics to be determined
by the instructor and student interest. May be repeated up to nine credit
hours. Prerequisite: ART 211 and 212, or permission of instructor.
ART 502 Seminar:
Contemporary Issues in Art (3). A study of modern critical methodologies
and their application in analysis of contemporary art. Students enrolled
for graduate credit will be required to do additional work. B.A./B.S. majors
must have permission of instructor. Prerequisite: ART 428 or 429 or ART
430. Required of all B.F.A. and M.A. studio degree candidates.
ART 503 Drawing
VIII (3). Concentrated exploration of drawing with emphasis on personal
expression. Criticism and discussion. Six hours per week. Prerequisite:
two drawing courses or permission of instructor.
ART 504 Drawing
IX (3). Continuation of ART 503. Six hours per week. Prerequisite:
ART 503 or permission of instructor.
ART 505 Weaving
(3). Pursuit of techniques and materials needed to develop a personal
statement in fiber form. Multi-harness and construction weaving. Six hours
per week. Prerequisites: two courses in weaving or permission of instructor.
ART 506 Weaving
(3). Continuation of ART 505. Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ART
505 or permission of instructor.
ART 507 Surface
Design (3). Pursuit of techniques and materials needed to develop a
personal statement in fabric forms. Emphasis on three-dimensional concepts
in fabric construction. Six hours per week. Prerequisites: two courses
in textile decoration or permission of instructor.
ART 508 Surface
Design (3). Continuation of ART 507. Six hours per week. Prerequisite:
ART 507 or permission of instructor.
ART 511 Metalsmithing
VI (3). A concentrated exploration of the use of metals in jewelry-making
and holloware. Six hours per week. Prerequisites: two courses in metalsmithing
or permission of instructor.
ART 512 Metalsmithing
VII (3). Continuation of ART 511. Six hours per week. Prerequisite:
ART 511 or permission of instructor.
ART 513 Wood VI
(3). Advanced problems in functional design. Students will design and
build functional pieces of their choosing. Six hours per week. Prerequisites:
two courses in functional design or permission of instructor.
ART 514 Wood VII
(3). Advanced problems in functional design. Students will design and
build functional pieces of their choosing. Six hours per week. Prerequisite:
ART 513 or permission of instructor.
ART 515 Greek and
Roman Art (3). History of the art and architecture of ancient Greece
and Rome through the late Empire. Prerequisite: ART 215 or permission of
instructor.
ART 516 Early Medieval
Art (3). History of the art of the early Christian/late Imperial Roman
era through the Ottonian period. Prerequisite: ART 215 or permission of
instructor.
ART 517 Late Medieval
Art (3). History of medieval art from the Romanesque period through
the late Gothic period. Prerequisite: ART 215 or permission of instructor.
ART 518 Renaissance
Art (3). History of the art of the Renaissance. Prerequisite: ART 218
or permission of instructor.
ART 519 Baroque
Art (3). History of the art of the Baroque period, mainly in Europe.
Prerequisite: ART 218 or permission of instructor.
ART 520 Eighteenth-Century
Art (3). History of the art of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite:
ART 218 or permission of instructor.
ART 522 Sub-Saharan
African Art (3). Historical survey of the art and architecture of various
peoples of Africa. Prerequisite: ART 120 or permission of instructor.
ART 528 Nineteenth-Century
Art (3). History of European art from Neoclassicism to French Impressionism,
1780-1880. Students enrolled for graduate credit will be required to do
additional work. Prerequisite: ART 228 or permission of instructor.
ART 529 Early Modern
Art, 1880-1940 (3). History of European art from Post-Impressionism
to 1940. Students enrolled for graduate credit will be required to do additional
work. Prerequisite: ART 228 or permission of instructor.
ART 530 Contemporary
Art, 1940 to the Present (3). History of contemporary art from 1940
to the present. Students enrolled for graduate credit will be required
to do additional work. Prerequisite: ART 228 or permission of instructor.
ART 531 The Art
and Architecture of the Far East (3). Historical survey of the art
and architecture of China, Korea and Japan. Prerequisite: ART 120 or permission
of instructor.
ART 532 The Art
and Architecture of India and Southeast Asia (3). Historical survey
of the art and architecture of India and Southeast Asia. Prerequisite:
ART 120 or permission of instructor.
ART 533 Painting
VI (3). Concentrated exploration of painting with emphasis on personal
expression. Criticism and discussion. Six hours per week. Prerequisites:
two painting courses or permission of instructor.
ART 534 Painting
VII (3). Continuation of ART 533. Six hours per week. Prerequisite:
ART 533.
ART 540 Foundations
of Art Education (3). Survey of the fields contributing to art education.
Includes human development, art supervision, teacher preparation, studies
in philosophies of the aesthetic, history and criticism of both art and
education. Reference is made to research methodology and to its relevance
in education. Course may be taken by art education majors as an elective.
ART 544 Art Experiences
for Elementary Teachers (3). Course for the in-service teacher or for
elementary majors who desire a further involvement with art beyond that
offered in ART 343. Course may be taken by art education majors as an elective.
Six hours per week.
ART 545 Art Experiences
for Secondary Teachers (3). Course for in-service teachers or secondary
majors who wish to pursue studio practice and theory as they apply to the
special needs of secondary school children. Course may be taken by art
education majors as an elective. Six hours per week.
ART 551 Graphic
Design VI (3). Additional refinement of graphic techniques, discussion
and criticism. An emphasis on individual investigation concentrating on
producing a unified body of work suitable for a portfolio or professional
show. The student and the instructor will design a program of study directed
toward this goal. Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ART 452.
ART 552 Graphic
Design VII (3). Advanced specialization; continuation of ART 551.
ART 556 Pre-Columbian
Art (3). Historical survey of Pre-Columbian art of the Western Hemisphere.
Prerequisite: ART 120 for art majors only.
ART 557 Modern Architecture
(3). History of European and American architecture from the late 18th
century to the present. Prerequisite: ART 120 for art majors only.
ART 558 American
Art I (3). History of the art and architecture of the United States
from colonial beginnings to 1850. Prerequisite: ART 120 for art majors
only.
ART 559 American
Art II (3). History of the art of the United States from 1850 to 1950.
Prerequisite: ART 120 for art majors only.
ART 561 Sculpture
VI (3). Selected problems involved in the sculpture process. Opportunity
for directed individual study and studio work in a variety of three-dimensional
media or processes. Emphasis on developing a cohesive, creative body of
work. Studio and lecture. Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ART 462 or
permission of instructor.
ART 562 Sculpture
VII (3). A continuation of ART 561. Studio and lecture. Six hours per
week. Prerequisite: ART 561 or permission of instructor.
ART 571 Ceramics
VI (3). Concentrated exploration of selected ceramic processes with
emphasis on personal expression. Six hours per week. Prerequisites: two
courses in ceramics or permission of instructor.
ART 572 Ceramics
VII (3). Continuation of ART 571. Six hours per week. Prerequisite:
ART 571 or permission of instructor.
ART 580 Printmaking
VI (3). Advanced problems. Concentrated study of selected printmaking
processes with emphasis on personal expression. Individual direction and
technical proficiency are emphasized. Criticism and discussion. Six hours
per week. Prerequisites: two advanced courses in printmaking or permission
of instructor.
ART 581 Printmaking
VII (3). Advanced problems. Continuation of ART 580. Six hours per
week. Prerequisite: ART 580 or permission of instructor.
ART 583 Photography
VI (3). Concentrated exploration of individual problems, culminating
in a unified body of work such as a book or portfolio. Individual expression,
discussion and criticism. Six hours per week. Prerequisites: two courses
in photography or permission of instructor.
ART 584 Photography
VII (3). Continuation of ART 583. Six hours per week. Prerequisite:
ART 583 or permission of instructor.
ART 593 Workshop
for Teachers of Art (1).
ART 603 Drawing
X (3). Concentrated exploration of drawing ideas with emphasis on personal
expression. Criticism and discussion. Six hours per week. Prerequisite:
ART 504 or permission of instructor.
ART 604 Drawing
XI (3). Continuation of ART 603. Six hours per week. Prerequisite:
ART 603 or permission of instructor.
ART 605 Weaving
(3). Continuation of ART 506 with an emphasis on a personal direction.
Research and a teaching assignment required. Six hours per week. Prerequisite:
ART 506 or permission of instructor.
ART 606 Weaving
(3). Continuation of ART 605. Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ART
605 or permission of instructor.
ART 607 Surface
Design (3). Continuation of ART 508 with emphasis on personal direction
in printing, batik or both. Research and a teaching assignment required.
Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ART 508 or permission of instructor.
ART 608 Surface
Design (3). Continuation of ART 607. Six hours per week. Prerequisite:
ART 607 or permission of instructor.
ART 611 Metalsmithing
VIII (3). Concentrated exploration of the use of metal in jewelry-making
and holloware. Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ART 512 or permission
of instructor.
ART 612 Metalsmithing
IX (3). Continuation of ART 611. Six hours per week. Prerequisite:
ART 611 or permission of instructor.
ART 613 Wood VIII
(3). A concentrated exploration of three-dimensional design, with self-direction
in design techniques and media. Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ART 514
or permission of instructor.
ART 614 Wood IX
(3). A continuation of ART 613. Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ART
613 or permission of instructor.
ART 633 Painting
VIII (3). Self-directed work in any media. Criticism and discussion.
Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ART 534 or permission of instructor.
ART 634 Painting
IX (3). Continuation of ART 633. Six hours per week. Prerequisite:
ART 633 or permission of instructor.
ART 641 Art Education
Philosophy (3). In-depth study of varied philosophies of art education.
Research from contributing areas such as education, psychology, aesthetics,
art history, museum practice and other disciplines. Lectures, discussions,
with research and in-depth reading.
ART 642 Art Education
Curriculum (3). Study of practices and problems, including recent curriculum
developments, methods and materials, media experiences, planning the instructional
area and program, implications of research in the fields of art and education,
museum practice, etc. Lectures, readings, visitations and research study
are included.
ART 644 Graduate
Cooperative Education (3). May be repeated to a maximum of six credits.
Graded pass/fail. Prerequisite: permission of chair.
ART 651 Graphic
Design VIII (3). Advanced specialization; continuation of ART 552.
ART 652 Graphic
Design IX (3). Advanced specialization; continuation of ART 651.
ART 661 Sculpture
VIII (3). Selected problems involved in the sculpture process, opportunity
for directed study and studio work in a variety of three-dimensional media
or processes. Emphasis on developing a cohesive, creative body of work.
Studio and lecture. Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ART 562 or permission
of instructor.
ART 662 Sculpture
IX (3). Continuation of ART 661. Six hours per week. Prerequisite:
ART 661 or permission of instructor.
ART 671 Ceramics
VIII (3). Concentrated study of selected ceramic processes and techniques.
Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ART 572 or permission of instructor.
ART 672 Ceramics
IX (3). Continuation of ART 671. Six hours per week. Prerequisite:
ART 671 or permission of instructor.
ART 680 Printmaking
VIII (3). Advanced problems. Concentrated study of individual problems
culminating in a unified body of work. Individual expression, technical
proficiency, criticism and discussion are emphasized. Six hours per week.
Prerequisite: ART 580 or ART 581 or permission of instructor.
ART 681 Printmaking
IX (3). Advanced problems. Continuation of ART 680. Six hours per week.
Prerequisite: ART 680 or permission of instructor.
ART 683 Photography
VIII (3). Concentrated study of individual problems dealing with black
and white, color prints and slides, and multi-screen media presentations.
Criticism and discussion. Format is structured for individual's needs and
desires. Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ART 584 or permission of instructor.
ART 684 Photography
IX (3). Continuation of ART 683. Six hours per week. Prerequisite:
ART 683 or permission of instructor.
ART 690 Special
Problems in Studio Art (3). An independent problems course in studio
art for graduate students majoring in art under the direction of a faculty
member. The student must submit and receive approval of a detailed study
plan prior to registration. May be repeated up to three times for credit.
Prerequisites: consent of instructor and permission of department chair.
ART 691 Special
Problems in Art History (3). An independent problems course in art
history for graduate students majoring in art under the direction of the
art history faculty. The student must submit and receive approval of a
detailed study plan prior to registration. May be repeated up to three
times for credit. Prerequisites: consent of supervising faculty member
and permission of department chair.
ART 692 Special
Problems in Art Education (3). An independent problems course in art
education for graduate students majoring in art under the direction of
the art education faculty. The student must submit and receive approval
of a detailed study plan prior to registration. Does not count as a studio
elective. May be repeated up to three times for credit. Prerequisites:
consent of instructor and permission of department chair.
ART 698 Practicum
(6). A final project of independent studio work to be developed and
exhibited by the M.A. candidate in studio art. Documentation (slides/video),
poster and a written statement (which includes a description of the direction
and influences upon the student's work) must accompany the exhibition.
The candidate must pass an oral examination covering all areas of the exhibited
work.
Astronomy
(AST)
AST 515 Special
Topics (1-3). This course is designed to fulfill special needs not
met by other courses. It may be a lecture or seminar course. Prerequisite:
consent of instructor.
Business
Education
(BED)
BED 510 Methods
and Materials-Teaching Business/Marketing Education Subjects (3). A
required course for business/marketing students emphasizing the latest
methods and materials for teaching business and marketing subjects. Must
be completed before doing student teaching. Field hours are required.
BED 517 Coordinated
Occupational Experience (3-6). This course provides an internship in
modern business and office positions. Related class meetings deal with
orientation to cooperative education, school and business relationships,
office procedures, systems, records management and maintenance, business
English, and career opportunities. Not open to students who have had OSY
517.
BED 595 Special
Problems (3). Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
BED 601 Seminar
in Business and Marketing Education (3-6). This seminar consists of
a study of current topical concerns related to the field of business and
marketing education.
BED 607 Business
Office Education Workshop (1-3). Seminar-type workshop dealing with
current problems in business and office education.
BED 610 Foundations
of Business and Marketing Education (3). This course is designed to
present the history, purposes, principles, practices, problems and trends
of business and marketing education.
BED 611 Improvement
of Instruction in Office Skills Subjects (3). Deals with materials,
tests, standards and teaching procedures in keyboarding, desktop publishing
and office procedures. Special attention will be given to problems encountered
in teaching office skills subjects.
BED 612 Improvement
of Instruction in Accounting and Basic Business Subjects (3). Deals
with materials, tests, standards and teaching procedures in bookkeeping,
general business and related subjects. Special attention will be given
to teaching problems of the students in the class.
BED 613 Supervised
Readings in Business and Marketing Education (3). A reading course
specifically for business and marketing education teachers. Current literature,
unpublished theses and books in the field of business and marketing teacher
education are used. A paper suited to the student's special problem of
interest is required.
BED 615 Current
Problems in Business and Marketing Education (3). A study of employment
trends in office occupations, objectives of high school business and marketing
programs, and the provisions of the Carl Perkins Vocational Education Act
of 1944 pertaining to business education. Recent research and current thought
in business and marketing education are studied.
BED 616 Administration
and Supervision of Business and Marketing Education (3). This course
deals with the development of effective techniques of administering the
business and marketing program at the secondary school and junior college
levels. The values of local and state supervision, leadership and professional
development will be studied.
BED 619 Advanced
Information Processing for Educators (3). A study of the methods and
materials used in teaching advanced information processing. The course
will emphasize the latest in advanced electronic document preparation principles,
including an exploration of the Internet and a study of the software and
hardware needed to incorporate advanced information processing in classrooms.
BED 620 Business
Education in the Middle School (3). An examination of the business
curricula for the middle school, teaching methodology appropriate for the
early teens, and development of classroom materials.
BED 627 Youth Organizations
— Business and Marketing (3). This course is designed for teachers
to develop competencies in planning and implementing youth organization
activities.
BED 628 Promoting
Business and Marketing Education Programs (3). Designed to provide
the teacher with the tools to unite the goals of business and marketing
education with the needs of the community.
BED 695 Special
Problems (3). This course deals with pressing problems in business
and marketing education as a result of legislation, technological changes
and innovation. Problems growing out of the needs and interests of the
class are emphasized. Prerequisite: 12 hours of graduate work and consent
of instructor.
Biology
(BIO)
BIO 500 Pathogenic
Microbiology (4). Study of the organisms causing disease as well as
the effect of these organisms on the host. The normal bacterial flora and
its role in the infection process are discussed. Laboratory entails identification
of the pathogenic organisms. Two lectures and four hours laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: BIO 300. (On demand)
BIO 501 Immunology
(4). A discussion of immune response, formation of antibodies, structure
of antibodies, antigen-antibody reactions, hypersensitivity, and allergic
response. Laboratory includes techniques and methods for production and
detection of antigen-antibody reactions. Two lectures and four hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 300. BIO 321 recommended. (On demand)
BIO 502 Fundamentals
of Toxicology (3). This course surveys the scope and fields of toxicology
including the methods and design of toxicity studies with attention to
toxic chemicals, their effects and regulatory considerations. Prerequisite:
CHE 320 or consent of instructor. (Same as CHE 502.)
BIO 503 Virology
(3). Introduction to the principles of virology with emphasis on animal
viruses. The nature and classification of viruses, techniques for analysis
and the role of viruses in disease will be covered. Three hours of lecture
per week. Prerequisites: BIO 300 and 321. (On demand)
BIO 504 Medical
Cell Biology (3). A discussion of cell biology as related to the field
of medicine and clinical knowledge. Emphasis is placed on the most recent
applications of cellular and molecular techniques used in the research,
diagnosis and treatment of clinical conditions. Considerations will be
given to a wide range of topics, including cancer, neural regeneration,
wound healing, aging, gene therapy, congenital deformation, AIDS and other
prevalent disease states. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite:
BIO 321. (On demand)
BIO 506 Advanced
Field Biology (4). For students who wish to learn the identification
principles and actual identification of living organisms. Course work will
include a study of the ecological aspects of the various organisms and
their distribution. Techniques of teaching about nature will be emphasized.
Prerequisite: junior or senior standing for science educations majors or
graduate standing for science teachers. (Summer)
BIO 510 Cell Physiology
(4). The study of the life processes of the individual cell as related
to structure. Particular emphasis is placed on current molecular aspects
of biological mechanisms, including growth, cell division and macromolecular
synthesis. Two lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites:
BIO 321, CHE 310, and four hours of physics. (On demand)
BIO 511 Cell Metabolism
(4). Cellular metabolism including photosynthesis, respiration, and
the synthesis of lipids and proteins. Emphasis is placed on enzymatic mechanisms
and metabolic pathways. Two lectures and four hours laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: BIO 221 and CHE 530. (On demand)
BIO 512 Microscopy
and Microtechniques (4). Techniques in bright field, phase contrast,
interference contrast, and photo microscopy are emphasized. Standard methods
in fixation, embedding, microtomy, and staining of specimens are covered.
Darkroom techniques for the biological sciences are also included. Prerequisites:
BIO 121 and 122. (On demand)
BIO 513 Environmental
Chemistry (3). Studies related to chemicals in the environment as to
origin, identification, distribution, modification and effect on biological
systems. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHE 320 or consent of instructor.
(Same as CHE 513.)
BIO 514 Scanning
Electron Microscopy (4). Course designed to teach students the theory,
principles and applications of scanning electron microscopy (SEM). After
a predetermined number of instructional hours, the student is expected
to successfully complete a test which measures the competency of the individual
in SEM operation. Subsequently, the student is required to complete a short
research project utilizing SEM. Prerequisites: BIO 121 and 122. (Summer,
on demand)
BIO 521 Cell Biology
Laboratory (3). An experimental approach to modern laboratory techniques
in Cell Biology. An emphasis will be placed on the mastery of common cellular
and molecular techniques used in clinical, industrial and research settings.
Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 321. (Spring, odd years)
BIO 522 Pathophysiology
(3). Introduction to physiological abnormalities in disease. For advanced
students in, or headed for, careers in health related fields. Four hours
of lecture per week. Prerequisites: BIO 228 and 229, or BIO 322, or equivalent.
(On demand)
BIO 523 Physiological
Ecology (4). An examination of physiological diversity in relation
to the environments in which organisms live or have lived. This encompasses
aspects of behavior, morphology, biochemistry and evolutionary biology
among other fields. Problem-solving approaches involving problem
posing, problem probing,
and peer persuasion will be stressed to promote the learning of strategies
of scientific research. Students will design and conduct research projects.
Prerequisites: BIO 330; BIO 322 is recommended. (On demand)
BIO 528 Neurobiology
(3). Examines vertebrate and invertebrate nervous systems at the cellular
and systems levels. Topics include: (1) cellular processes of neurons and
glial cells, (2) synapses and synapse formation, (3) sensory systems, (4)
motor systems, and (5) learning and memory. Three hours of lecture per
week. Prerequisites: BIO 321 or 322 recommended. (Spring, odd years)
BIO 533 Molecular
Genetics (3). A lecture course which involves discussions of general
concepts of DNA structure, replication and translation. Current concepts
in bacterial and bacteriophage genetics, such as gene transfer, recombination,
gene regulation, and recombinant DNA technology will be examined. Prerequisites:
BIO 300 and 333, or consent of instructor. (Spring)
BIO 534 Molecular
Genetics Laboratory (3). The laboratory covers classical bacterial
and viral genetics such as transduction, conjugation, mutagenesis and mutant
analysis by complementation, as well as recently developed recombinant
DNA techniques. The student will get hands-on experience in DNA and RNA
purification, restriction, endonuclease mapping, cloning and expression
of foreign DNA in E. coli and DNA sequencing. These techniques and
a clear understanding of the processes involved in gene expression will
equip the student well for either a position in industry or graduate study.
Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent BIO 533. (Same as CHE 534.) (Fall)
BIO 535 Watershed
Ecology (3). The study of the movement of water through the environment
and its relationship to biotic systems. Areas emphasized include the hydrologic
cycle and its influence on groundwater, lotic, and lentic systems; the
effect of water on plant and animal communities; and the influence of human
activity on watershed structure and function. Prerequisite: BIO 330 or
consent of instructor. (Same as GSC 535.) (Spring, even years)
BIO 536 Evolution
(3). A study of evolutionary concepts. Prerequisite: BIO 333. (On demand)
BIO 537 Experimental
Biochemistry (3). This course will emphasize a mastery of modern biochemical
laboratory techniques and the analysis of experimental data. One hour of
lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CHE 530 or
consent of instructor. (Same as CHE 537.)
BIO 538 Animal Behavior
(4). An introduction to the principles of animal behavior. Ecological
and evolutionary implications of animal behavior are emphasized. Two lectures
and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 330 or consent
of instructor. (On demand)
BIO 541 Phycology
(4). A detailed study of the taxonomy and ecology of freshwater algae.
Topics include the influence of physiochemical and biological factors on
growth, productivity, succession and periodicity. Laboratories will stress
not only taxonomy but also quantitative measurements of populations and
productivity. Two lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
BIO 122. (On demand)
BIO 543 Algal Ecology
(4). A detailed study of the influence of physicochemical and biological
factors on growth, succession, periodicity and productivity of phytoplanktonic
populations. Laboratories stress methods for quantitative measurements
of changes in these populations. Prerequisite: BIO 122. (On demand)
BIO 546 Stream Ecology
(4). The interactions of stream organisms with each other and their
abiotic environments will be examined. An area stream will be used as an
example for physical and chemical characteristics of a stream and adaptations
of organisms to their environments. One weekend field trip required. Prerequisite:
BIO 330. (Summer)
BIO 547 Aquatic
Vascular Plants (4). A general survey of local aquatic flora, including
freshwater algae, aquatic mosses, ferns and angiosperms. Particular emphasis
is placed on the morphology, taxonomy, ecology and economic importance
of organisms. Field work comprises an integral part of the course. Two
hours lecture and four hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite: consent
of instructor. (On demand)
BIO 548 Wetland
Ecology (4). An introduction to the hydrology, geomorphology, biogeochemical
cycling and biology of wetlands. Emphasis is placed on understanding the
physical, chemical and biological processes responsible for wetland functions.
Procedures for identification of wetlands and assessment of wetland functions
will be taught. Each student selects either a management or research class
project. Several field trips (some overnight) are required. Students should
expect to get wet and muddy. Prerequisites: Two semesters of undergraduate
laboratory science or permission of instructor. (On demand)
BIO 550 Morphology
of Vascular Plants (4). A study of the seed plants and ferns with reference
to life histories, distinguishing characteristics, relations to environment
and economic importance. Two lectures and four hours of laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: BIO 122. (On demand)
BIO 553 Field Botany
(4). A survey of the flora of West Kentucky and surrounding states.
This course should be of interest to anyone interested in the plants of
the region. Emphasis will be placed on field identification of common species,
identification using keys, collection, and preparation of herbarium specimens,
and general plant ecology of the region. Prerequisite: BIO 122. (Summer)
BIO 555 Plant Physiology
(4). Study of the growth, development, water, mineral, environmental
and regulatory processes of the plant. Intermediary plant metabolism. Characterization
of the photosynthesis and metabolic pathways of biosynthesis. Prerequisite:
BIO 122. (On demand)
BIO 558 Field Parasitology
(4). An ecological approach to the study of parasites in the wildlife
of West Kentucky. Will be oriented to appeal to those interested in wildlife
management, public health and veterinary medicine. Prerequisite: BIO 121.
(On demand)
BIO 561 Freshwater
Invertebrates (4). Functional anatomy, ecology and taxonomy of the
freshwater invertebrates. Emphasis will be placed on collection, preserving
and identifying invertebrates of this region. Two lectures and four hours
of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 121. (On demand)
BIO 563 Aquatic
Entomology (4). The study of the ecology, natural history, life cycles,
taxonomy and systematics of lotic and lentic insects. The class will include
several field trips to aquatic habitats and the preparation of a working
collection. Two hours lecture and four hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
BIO 330 or consent of instructor. (Spring, odd years)
BIO 565 Biogeochemistry
(3). Survey and discussion of the scientific literature on global cycles
of carbon, nitrogen, phosphorus and man-made chemicals with special emphasis
on the biogeochemical and ecological processes that affect terrestrial
and aquatic ecosystems. The course will focus on interdisciplinary themes
that incorporate new research results form the fields of biology, chemistry,
and geosciences. Prerequisite: junior or higher standing in biology, chemistry
or geosciences. (Same as CHE/GSC 565.)
BIO 570 Ichthyology
(4). Natural history of fishes, their systematics and some anatomical
and physiological relationships with the environment. One weekend fieldtrip
required. Three lectures and one afternoon of lab per week. Prerequisite:
BIO 121. (Spring, even years)
BIO 572 Herpetology
(4). A study of the taxonomy, morphology and natural history of reptiles
and amphibians. Emphasis is placed on those species occurring in the central
United States. Two lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
BIO 330 or consent of instructor. (Spring, odd years)
BIO 573 Ornithology
(4). Study of avian biology with emphasis on anatomy, physiology and
classification of birds. Three lectures and two laboratory hours per week.
Requires weekend field trip. Prerequisite: BIO 330. (Spring, even years)
BIO 574 Mammalogy
(4). A study of the classification and biology of mammals. Identification
and collection of mammals, particularly those of the central United States,
will be emphasized in laboratory. Two lectures and four hours of laboratory
per week. Some weekend and Saturday field trips required. Prerequisite:
BIO 330. (Fall, odd years)
BIO 575 Field Vertebrate
Paleontology (4). The study of vertebrate fossils in both field and
lab, including collection, processing and identification. Field work may
include trips throughout the continental United States and occasionally
overseas. (Usually taught during summer.) Prerequisites: completion of
two semesters of undergraduate laboratory science and upper-class or graduate
standing. (Same as GSC 575.) (On demand)
BIO 577 Population
and Conservation Genetics (3). Course is an advanced study of the theories
of genetic change in populations. Emphasis will be placed on theoretical
aspects of change in gene frequencies as well as practical applications
in the field of conservation biology. Three hours lecture per week. Prerequisites:
BIO 330 and BIO 333. (Spring, even years)
BIO 578 Conservation
Biology (4). An advanced study of the conservation of life at numerous
levels of organization. Emphasis will be placed on modern empirical and
theoretical studies of the maintenance, loss, and restoration of biological
diversity, endangered species, and habitats. Three one-hour lectures and
three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 330. (Spring, odd
years)
BIO 580 Principles
of Wildlife Management (4). Application of ecological principles of
management of wild animals, wildlife agencies and their function in wildlife
management; economic, social, biological and other values of wildlife.
Three lectures and two hours of laboratory per week. Requires Saturday
field trips. Prerequisite: BIO 380. (Fall, even years)
BIO 582 Fisheries
Management (4). Ecology and management of freshwater fishes. Methods
of fishery investigation will be emphasized. Three lectures and four hours
of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO 330. (Spring, odd years)
BIO 584 Wildlife
Policy and Administration (4). Emphasis is placed on the management
of natural resources with particular focus on fish and wildlife. Topics
will include an overview of natural resources agency structures and functions,
the planning and management cycles, and ethical public relations techniques
for multiple-use management in the public domain. Prerequisite: BIO 330
or consent of instructor. (Spring, odd years)
BIO 586 Limnology
(4). A study of the interrelationships of the physical, chemical and
biological features of lakes and streams. Two lectures and four hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 330. (Fall, even years)
BIO 587 Freshwater
Biology (4). Study of the aquatic organisms, their biology, distributions,
and ecology in natural aquatic communities and habitats in Kentucky Lake,
streams, springs, and wetlands near the Hancock Biological Station. Aquatic
organisms to be surveyed include bacteria, algae, aquatic plants, invertebrates,
and vertebrate animals. Includes two lectures and four hours of laboratory
per week. Prerequisite: BIO 330.
BIO 588 Groundwater
Ecosystems (3). Course is a survey of the dynamics and functioning
of groundwater ecosystems at various scales from organisms and their habitats
to more complex interactions occurring within large aquifers and subsurface
drainage basins. Course content is aimed at juniors, seniors and graduate
students interested in groundwater quality and habitats. Students must
be admitted to graduate status for graduate credit to be earned. A previous
course from the following list is highly recommended: BIO 535, 546, 586,
589, 669, 670, GSC 515, 560, or 665.
BIO 589 Reservoir
Ecology (4). An examination of the variation in chemical and biological
phenomena that characterize river impoundments. Literature reading and
discussion is followed by 1) learning techniques of observation to identify
pattern and process in nature, and 2) designing and conducting field experiments
to assess cause and effect relationships. (On demand)
BIO 595 Wildlife/Fisheries
Internship (1-4). A practical experience/study situation where the
student works a 40-hour week in the field under the supervision of a wildlife
biologist. Bimonthly progress reports are required to be submitted to both
the university staff and the wildlife biologist. Students must have junior
standing to be considered. (Summer)
BIO 596 Field Studies
in Ecology (4). Two weeks or more will be spent living at a field site(s)
studying the ecology of a selected ecosystem(s) (e.g., tropical rainforest,
coral reef, mangrove swamp, pine forest). Students will gain an understanding
of the selected ecosystem's structure and function, including the roles
of human cultural and economic influences. Studies are expected to occur
in geographic areas other than western Kentucky. (On demand)
BIO 597 Topics in
Advanced Molecular Biology (3). Taught from the current literature,
this course focuses on new topics in cell and molecular biology. A combination
of lecture and student seminars. Students taking the course for graduate
credit will be required to complete a library research paper. Prerequisites:
BIO 533 and CHE 310, or consent of instructor. (On demand) (Same as CHE
597.)
BIO 620 Comparative
Physiology (4). A comparative study of the functioning of animals with
particular emphasis on vertebrate forms. Three hours lecture and three
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 121. (On demand)
BIO 630 Animal Ecology
(4). Ecological principles in relation to animal populations, including
human populations. Emphasis is placed on recent literature and the approach
involves lecture, seminar and field activities. Prerequisite: BIO 330.
(Spring, even years)
BIO 631 Plant Ecology
(4). A general study of the interactions of individual plants and plant
communities with their environment, emphasizing the nature and energetics
of environment-organism interrelationships and species-community dynamics.
Methods of analysis and interpretation of field data are stressed. Field
work comprises an integral part of the course. Two lectures and four hours
of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 330. (On demand)
BIO 644 Graduate
Cooperative Education (3). A meaningful, planned and evaluated work
experience related to the career and educational objectives of the student
for which both pay and graduate credit may be received. Graded pass/fail.
Prerequisite: permission of chair.
BIO 645 Microbial
Ecology (4). A study of the basic principles, concepts and function
of microbes (eubacteria, archebacteria and cyanobacteria) in the environment.
Emphasis will be placed on energy relationships and the role of microbes
in mineral cycling in soils, sediments, and fresh water. Two 75-minute
lectures and one 2-hour lab per week. Prerequisite: BIO 300 or consent
of instructor. (On demand)
BIO 650 Advanced
Cell and Molecular Biology (3). Course intended to give students an
in-depth understanding of a variety of regulative strategies cells use
to maintain existence. Topics included will be selected from modern interpretations
of cell systems; including metabolic strategies, differentiation, cell
energetics, and gene control systems. The course will be taught from a
perspective of applied bioinformatics as related to genome diversity. A
specific emphasis will be placed on the most recent advances in the field
of cell and molecular biology, as revealed by current primary literature
sources. (On demand)
BIO 655 Molecular
Evolution (3). Advanced study of the theories of genetic change on
the molecular level. Emphasis will be placed on theoretical aspects of
change in DNA sequence (change at the nucleotide level), the evolution
of macromolecules and the reconstruction of evolutionary history of genes
and organisms. Prerequisites: BIO 333.
BIO 662 Biology
of Mollusca (4). Systematics, anatomy, ecology and zoogeography of
freshwater and terrestrial mollusks. A museum-quality collection and extensive
literature review are required. Two hours lecture and four hours laboratory
and field work per week. Prerequisite: BIO 330. (On demand)
BIO 667 Advanced
Parasitology (3). This course is designed to cover current topics in
all aspects of parasitology. Emphasis is placed on each individual student
reviewing selected topics in detail. Library work comprises an integral
part of the course. Prerequisite: BIO 467. (On demand)
BIO 669 Biological
Limnology (3). A study of the structure and function of aquatic communities
and the influence of physicochemical and biological factors on the occurrence
and distribution of aquatic organisms. Emphasis will be on lake and reservoir
communities. Prerequisite: Graduate standing and consent of instructor.
(On demand)
BIO 670 Limnological
Analysis Laboratory (3). This course will provide a conceptual framework
and techniques for measurement of physical, chemical and biological phenomena
in lakes and reservoirs. Emphasis will be placed on experimental approaches
to field and laboratory studies. Prerequisite: Graduate standing and consent
of instructor. Should follow BIO 586 or GSC 665 and BIO 669. (On demand)
BIO 681 Advanced
Fisheries Management (4). The concepts of population dynamics and of
the interaction of reproduction, growth and mortality in fish populations.
Use of those concepts in fish population management. Prerequisite: BIO
582. (On demand)
BIO 682 Waterfowl
Management (4). Ecological principles and techniques involved in management
of waterfowl with emphasis on habitat and hunter manipulation. Readings
in current research. Includes all-day Saturday field trips to refuges.
Three lectures and two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO
580. (On demand)
BIO 689 Introduction
to Graduate Study (1) The objective of this course is to orient the
new graduate student to graduate study. Topics include the library, literature
search, the research plan, choosing a research topic, scientific graphics
and photography, scientific writing, scientific presentation seminars.
The course is usually team-taught and offered in the evening. Prerequisite:
Admission to the graduate program. (Fall)
BIO 691 Topics in
Biology I (1). Students explore topics within the biological sciences
under the direction of individual faculty. These individually arranged
learning experiences may include various combinations of library assignments,
conferences, laboratory and field investigation. Written descriptions of
the course of study must be approved by the student's advisor and be filed
with the chair within two weeks of the beginning of a term. This course
sequence may contribute no more than eight credit hours toward the graduate
degree requirements.
BIO 692 Topics in
Biology II (2).
BIO 693 Topics in
Biology III (3).
BIO 694 Topics in
Biology IV (4).
BIO 695 Biological
Research (4). This course provides research experiences for students
pursuing the non-thesis option. The course entails selection of a research
problem, collection and interpretation of data, and submission of results
in a research paper. Prerequisites: Graduate standing and approval of graduate
committee.
BIO 696 Understanding
Scientific Communication (2).
The course concentrates on the methods for preparation and presentation
of scientific papers and oral communications. Students will utilize a data
set to produce 1) a publication-quality manuscript and 2) a 15-minute presentation
such as would be given at a scientific meeting. Topics covered include
abstracts, nature of scientific writing, structure and organization of
scientific publication, use of literature, graphics and graphic design,
and methods of polishing the oral presentation. The course is required
of all biological sciences graduate students in their first spring semester
of residence and is open to all other graduate students with consent of
instructor. One two-hour course meeting per week. (Spring)
BIO 697 Seminar
(1). Graduate students anticipating completion of the thesis or BIO
695 must register for this course and defend their research before the
department faculty and their fellow graduate students.
BIO 698 Thesis I
(3).
BIO 699 Thesis II
(3).
Business
and Public Affairs
(BPA)
BPA 515 Communicating
in International Business Environment (3). This course is designed
to acquaint students with the challenges of international business communication,
provide guidelines for successful cross-cultural business communication,
and give practice in solving international business problems through the
use of the guidelines.
BPA 521 CPS Review
I (3). Team-taught course which is designed to aid the professional
secretary in a comprehensive review. Should be valuable to any professional
secretary and especially helpful to those secretaries preparing for the
Certified Professional Secretaries Examination. Covered in this section
is a review of business and public policy, economics of management, and
office procedures. Graded pass/fail.
BPA 522 CPS Review
II (3). Team-taught course which is designed to aid the professional
secretary in a comprehensive review. Should be valuable to any professional
secretary and especially helpful to those secretaries preparing for the
Certified Professional Secretaries Examination. Covered is a review of
environmental relations in business, financial analysis in mathematics
of business, and communication and decision-making. Graded pass/fail.
BPA 595 Special
Problems (3). Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
BPA 596 International
Business Seminar (3). Designed to give participants firsthand exposure
to cultures and business practices outside the United States. The seminar
includes travel, study, visits to corporate and governmental offices, and
other experiential assignments in various countries. At the instructor's
discretion, the seminar may focus on a specific topic or theme. This course
includes an individual research project approved by the instructor.
BPA 597 Commonwealth
Business Seminar (3). A travel-study program that will allow university
students enrolled in Kentucky universities to be exposed firsthand to the
business environment and practices in Kentucky.
BPA 605 Research
Methods in Business (3). Will introduce students to research methods
used in business. The class will examine research projects which involve
a variety of data collection and analysis methods. Topics include research
proposals, research design, survey writing, sources and collection of data,
data analysis, and presentation of research results. The class will develop
students' oral and written communication skills.
BPA 615 Communication
Skills for Managers (3). A course designed to increase the student's
management communication effectiveness and give him/her practice in solving
business problems through the use of written correspondence, research and
report writing, and oral communications. Prerequisite: BPA 215 or consent
of instructor.
BPA 695 Special
Problems (3). Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Communication
Disorders
(CDI)
CDI 548 Linguistics
(3). Study of normal linguistic development and linguistic development
of children with language disorders. Prerequisites: CDI 205, 340, 345,
and 472.
CDI 550 Neuromuscular
Disorders (3). The study of pathology, etiology, diagnosis and speech
rehabilitation of cerebral palsy and other neuromuscular disorders.
CDI 555 Audiometry
(3). A lecture and laboratory course designed to develop skill in administering
audiometric tests. Prerequisite: CDI 310 or consent of instructor.
CDI 572 Diagnostic
Methods (3). In-depth study and practical use of contemporary tests
used by the speech-language pathologist. Includes formal and informal evaluation
procedures. Prerequisites: CDI 325, 345, and 470.
CDI 582 Communication
Programming for Individuals with Severe Disabilities (3). This course
will include diagnostic and therapeutic implications for communication
characteristics of individuals with severe disabilities. Emphasis will
be on communication development and disorders of this population; vocal,
unaided, and aided communication systems; assistive technology; various
service delivery models; integrating communication skills into functional
activities; and feeding implications. Prerequisite: CDI 205 or 292, and
CDI 550.
CDI 584 Communication
Disorders of Aging (3). Course will include information relative to
the effect of communication disorders on the aging population and to acquaint
the student with intervention techniques appropriate for the communicatively
handicapped older person.
CDI 598 Directed
Study: Communication Disorders (3). Available for students who want
to investigate special problems. Can be repeated up to six credit hours.
Prerequisites: senior standing and consent of instructor directing the
study.
CDI 601 Seminar
in Current Trends and Issues (3). Study of professional issues in speech-language
pathology. Includes current issues in certification, licensure, ethical
and legal aspects of service delivery, program administration and interaction
with allied professionals.
CDI 615 Experimental
Phonetics (3). Anatomical, physiological and acoustic aspects of voice
and speech production. Provides demonstration and instruction in the use
of instrumentation used in testing, research and clinical practice.
CDI 620 Phonological
Disorders (3). Course will include advanced training in diagnosis and
treatment of phonological disorders. Includes an extensive review of current
literature.
CDI 621 Student
Teaching in Speech Language Pathology (5). The study and clinical practice
of speech-language pathology in the public schools. A seminar component
includes current issues in certification, licensure, ethical and legal
aspects of service delivery, program administration and interaction with
allied professionals.
CDI 624 Disorders
of Voice (3). Study of voice pitch, quality, and intensity, including
etiology, diagnosis and therapy for functional and organic problems. Course
includes a study of alaryngeal speech. Prerequisite: advanced standing
in communication disorders or consent of instructor.
CDI 625 Fluency
Disorders (3). A study of theories and varying characteristics of stuttering,
including therapy programs, methods, procedures and materials for treatment
of stuttering of different ages and with different characteristics. Prerequisite:
advanced standing in communication disorders or consent of instructor.
CDI 635 Graduate
Seminar in Communication Disorders (1-3). Topical seminar in speech
and hearing. May be repeated to a maximum of six hours.
CDI 646 Research
Methods for Speech-Language Pathologists (3). Review of research procedures
and designs that have relevance to special populations. Special emphasis
will be given to those skills (understanding, assumption, reading and abstracting
articles, interpreting data, and evaluating results) needed to understand
the relationships between research strategies, clinical problem solving
and the assessment of clinical effectiveness in speech-language pathology.
Prerequisites: graduate standing in speech-language pathology or permission
of instructor.
CDI 648 Advanced
Language Disorders (3). A study of theories of language development
and language disorders.
CDI 654 Educational
Audiology (3). A study of contemporary issues and practices relative
to the education of hearing-impaired children.
CDI 656 Advanced
Audiology (3). An in-depth study of audiology and hearing science as
they relate to speech communication. Emphasis will be on clinical theory
and application for special problems in audiology.
CDI 658 Hearing
Conservation and Industry (3). An introductory course on noise control
regulations and implementation of industrial audiology.
CDI 660 Motor Speech
Disorders (3). A study of dysarthria and apraxia of speech with emphasis
on differential diagnosis and current clinical theory and application.
The course will also include assessment and treatment of swallowing disorders.
CDI 670 Practicum
Seminar (0). This seminar is a companion course to the graduate practicum
experiences in communication disorders. It explores topics on the assessment,
diagnosis, and treatment of communication problems of individuals across
all ages. This course also serves as a forum for introduction and discussion
of current professional issues that impact diagnosis and treatment.
CDI 674 Practicum
(1-3). Supervised clinical practice with communication disorders. May
be repeated up to six hours. Prerequisites: CDI 470 and CDI 472.
CDI 676 Medical/Clinical
Placement (5). Supervised clinical practice within medical and health
care settings including hospitals, rehabilitation centers, home health
and private practice. Assessment and treatment population will be mainly
adults with neurogenic communication disorders. May be repeated to a maximum
of 10 hours.
CDI 677 Clinical
Pathologies (3). Course will include a review of the various pathologies
that the master's level clinician will encounter. Also included will be
an overview of relevant educational and medical issues pertinent to the
speech pathologists.
CDI 678 Administrations
and Supervision of Speech and Hearing Programs (2). Methods, techniques
and procedures for planning, developing, managing and evaluating speech
and hearing programs. Clinical supervision of clients at the clinic as
well as writing of grant proposals and evaluating speech and hearing programs.
CDI 680 Aphasia
(3). A study of the identification and treatment of communication and
related problems of adult neurogenic disorders. Prerequisites: CDI 310
and 345.
CDI 684 Cranio-Facial
Anomalies (3). A study of etiology, assessment and treatment of the
oral cleft and other oro-facial anomalies. Includes a survey of the roles
of various specialists represented on the oral cleft team.
CDI 686 Swallowing
Disorders (3). A study of normal and disordered swallowing processes.
The course includes a review of the anatomy and physiology of the swallowing
mechanism and the etiology of acquired swallowing disorders. Special emphasis
is placed on current clinical theory, application, and technology in differential
diagnosis and treatment. Prerequisite: Graduate or postgraduate student
or status.
CDI 695 Independent
Study (3). Available for selected students who desire to investigate
a special area or problem. A final written paper will be submitted to the
instructor. May be repeated up to six credit hours. Prerequisites: graduate
status and consent of instructor directing the study.
CDI 698 Thesis (3).
CDI 699 Thesis (3).
Civil/Construction Engineering
Technology
(CET)
CET 527 Air Contaminants
and Industrial Ventilation (3). A course examining the chemical and
particulate air contaminants occurring in the industrial working environment
and their potential health hazards. Emphasis is given to industrial ventilation
techniques, inhalation control measures and air contaminant treatment methods.
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. (Same as OSH 527.)
CET 555 Environmental
Regulatory Affairs (3). Laws and regulations pertinent to the management
of water and wastewater, hazardous and toxic wastes, air contaminants,
underground storage tanks and other timely environmental issues are studied.
General legal concepts, the relationships among industries and local, state,
and federal agencies, environmental audits and community right-to-know
requirements are among the topics included. Prerequisite: CET 341, 342
and 353 or consent of instructor.
CET 585 Remediation
Technology (3). Study includes process design and operations for biological
and physical/chemical systems used to remove organic and inorganic contaminants
from soil and groundwater. Prerequisite: CET 341 or consent of instructor.
CET 586 Unit Treatment
Process Laboratory (3). A laboratory course with emphasis on designing,
setting up and performing treatability studies for engineering treatment
evaluations and water quality research. Actual treatment projects will
be selected for purposes of treatment design, performance, optimization
and troubleshooting. Prerequisite: CET 387.
CET 587 Bioresiduals
Management and Natural Wastewater Treatment Systems (3). Course focuses
on regulatory requirements, design, and operations of bioresiduals handling
and disposal systems. The course includes design and operations of bioresiduals
land application systems and natural wastewater treatment systems. Prerequisite:
CET 341 or consent of instructor.
CET 589 Environmental
Modeling (3). Computer modeling of environmental/ecosystem phenomena
including predictive impact of pollution discharges and engineering hydrology
will be stressed. Prerequisite: ENT 382.
CET 610 Geodetic
Survey Systems (3). Mathematical and conceptual elements of advanced
survey systems including instrument calibration and error detection, coordinate
system rotation and translation, gyroscopic surveys, and applications of
calculus to survey computations. Prerequisites: CET 381 and MAT 308.
CET 620 Advanced
Geodetic Surveying (3). Concepts and procedures for advanced horizontal
and vertical control surveys designed to support geographic information
systems; least squares adjustment of both traditional and Global Positioning
System observations; digital terrain modeling using triangulated irregular
networks and various polynomials. Prerequisites: CET 381.
CET 681 Pollution
Assessment and Control (3). A seminar/laboratory class that covers
selected course areas within the environmental technology field. Pollution
assessment and control will be introduced and specific topics will include
environmental science and ecological principles; sampling and analytical
techniques; regulatory considerations; and natural wastewater treatment
systems. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
CET 682 Industrial
Environmental Management (3). The focus includes study of environmental
planning and design to effect Total Quality Environmental Management (TQEM).
Industrial economic impacts amid regulatory agency prescriptions and philosophical
trade-off regarding energy conversion and pollution remediation and/or
avoidance are addressed.
CET 686 Environmental
Assessment and Remediation (3). Legislation, field investigations,
risk assessments, feasibility studies, and overall administrative and technical
approaches related to environmental site assessments and remediation. Prerequisite:
graduate standing.
CET 687 Environmental
Systems Design (3). A study of the engineering methods of evaluating
and selecting unit treatment processes and combining these into an integrated
treatment system facility design.
CET 688 Waste Minimization
and Pollution Prevention (3). Organization and management of industrial
pollution prevention programs. Emphasis is placed upon advanced and innovative
pollution prevention and treatment technologies which may be waste and/or
industry specific. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Chemistry
(CHE)
CHE 502 Fundamentals
of Toxicology (3). This course surveys the scope and fields of toxicology,
including the methods and design of toxicity studies with attention to
toxic chemicals, their effects and regulatory considerations. Prerequisite:
CHE 320 or consent of instructor. (Same as BIO 502.)
CHE 503 Industrial
Chemistry (3). Discussion of the application of chemistry principles
to industrial processes. Three lectures per week.
CHE 511 Advanced
Inorganic Chemistry I (3). Practical aspects of wave mechanics and
bonding theories for covalent and ionic compounds; considerations of symmetry;
properties and theories associated with the solid state, acids, bases,
and coordination compounds. Limited descriptive chemistry; the course focuses
on organo-metallic, multi-metal, and icosahedral borane and carbaborane
derivatives. PES, NMR, IR, and UV/VIS spectroscopy applications in modern
inorganic chemistry. Two 75-minute lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHE
420 or its equivalent at another four-year institution with a grade of
C
or better.
CHE 512 Inorganic
Chemistry Laboratory (2). Syntheses, characterization and introduction
of techniques of inorganic chemistry. Four hours of laboratory per week.
Corequisite: CHE 511.
CHE 513 Environmental
Chemistry (3). Studies related to chemicals in the environment as to
origin, identification, distribution, modification and effect on biological
systems. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHE 320 or consent of the
instructor. (Same as BIO 513.)
CHE 518 Instrumental
Analysis (Non-Thesis Only) (3). Discussion of instrumental concepts
of spectroscopy, chromatography and electrometric methods used in analytical
chemistry. Theory, calculations and techniques stressed. Three lectures
per week. This course will substitute for CHE 519 upon approval for graduate
students with extensive instrumental laboratory experience only.
CHE 519 Instrumental
Analysis (5). Theory, calculations, and use of modern analytical techniques,
such as visible, ultraviolet, infrared and Raman spectrometry, flame methods,
gas chromatography, electrometric methods of analysis and magnetic resonance.
Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CHE 420.
CHE 523 Radiochemistry
(3). Theory of nuclear radiations, their interactions, detection and
chemical applications. Laboratory experiments utilizing ionization chambers,
Geiger counters, proportional gas-flow counters, solid crystal and liquid
scintillation detectors, gamma ray spectrometers and experimental simulations.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week. Corequisite: CHE 420.
CHE 525 Biochemical
Toxicology (3). A study of the basic biochemical aspects of toxicology
including adverse chemico-biological interactions and chemical and biologic
factors modulating these interactions, descriptions of effects of specific
chemical classes, and biochemical mechanisms of toxic effects. Three lectures
per week. Prerequisites: CHE 502 and 330, 530, or consent of instructor.
CHE 527 Advanced
Organic Chemistry (3). An intensive survey of modern organic chemistry
with emphasis on theoretical concepts, reaction mechanisms and syntheses.
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: CHE 320 and 420.
CHE 530 Fundamentals
of Biochemistry I (3). Survey of the chemical properties and biological
functions of proteins, carbohydrates, and nucleic acids. Topics include:
protein structure and function, enzyme kinetics and mechanisms, and elements
of organismal metabolism, including a description of glycolysis and the
citric acid cycle. Three lectures per week. Credit for either CHE 530 or
330, but not both, can count toward a major or minor in chemistry. Prerequisite:
CHE 320.
CHE 534 Molecular
Genetics Laboratory (3). The laboratory covers classical bacterial
and viral genetics such as transduction, conjugation, mutagenesis and mutant
analysis by complementation, as well as recently developed recombinant
DNA techniques. The student will get hands-on experience in DNA and RNA
purification, restriction endonuclease mapping, cloning and expression
of foreign DNA in E. coli and DNA sequencing. These techniques and
a clear understanding of the processes involved in gene expression will
equip the student well for either a position in industry or graduate study.
Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent BIO 533. (Same as BIO 534.)
CHE 537 Experimental
Biochemistry (3). This course will emphasize a mastery of modern biochemical
laboratory techniques and the analysis of experimental data. One hour of
lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CHE 530 or
consent of instructor. (Same as BIO 537.)
CHE 540 Fundamentals
of Biochemistry II (3). Continued study of the elements of metabolism,
including their chemical reactions, energetics and regulation. Additional
topics include hormones, biochemical function of various organs and replication,
transcription and translation of genetic information. Three lectures per
week. Prerequisite: CHE 530.
CHE 545 Glassblowing
(1). Laboratory demonstrations and exercises. Mastery of the different
types of seals used in construction of scientific glass apparatus. Three
hours of laboratory per week. Course restricted to chemistry majors. Prerequisite:
Senior standing. Cannot be used as an elective for ACS-accredited area.
CHE 560 Modern Chemistry
for Middle School Science Teachers (1-3). For middle school science
teachers with limited preparation in chemistry, basic organic and inorganic
chemistry, emphasizing atomic structure, chemical bonding and solution
chemistry. Although content-oriented, special effort is made to enable
the participants to immediately implement relevant applications into their
respective science programs.
CHE 561 Modern Chemistry
for High School Science Teachers (1-3). For high school science teachers
with limited preparation in chemistry. Basic organic and inorganic chemistry,
emphasizing atomic structure, chemical bonding and solution chemistry.
Although content-oriented, special effort is made to enable the participants
to immediately implement relevant applications into their respective science
programs. One to three lectures per week.
CHE 565 Biogeochemistry
(3). Survey and discussion of the scientific literature on global cycles
of carbon, nitrogen, phosphorus and man-made chemicals with special emphasis
on the biogeochemical and ecological processes that affect terrestrial
and aquatic ecosystems. The course will focus on interdisciplinary themes
that incorporate new research results form the fields of biology, chemistry,
and geosciences. Prerequisite: junior or higher standing in biology, chemistry
or geosciences. (Same as BIO/GSC 565.)
CHE 569 Spectrometric
Identification of Organic Compounds (2). A problems course dealing
with he theory and applications of the following methods to the structural
analysis of organic compounds: infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, ultraviolet
and mass spectrometry. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites: CHE 320 and
519.
CHE 581 Advanced
Physical Chemistry (3). Continuation of some topics included in the
one-year physical chemistry course and inclusion of new topics. Among these
topics are quantum chemistry, bonding, statistical thermodynamics, spectroscopy,
macromolecules and the solid state. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite:
CHE 420.
CHE 591 Special
Problems in Chemistry (1). Laboratory and/or library investigations
on special topics. Minimum of three hours per week. May be repeated once
for credit. Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of instructor.
CHE 592 Special
Problems in Chemistry (2). Laboratory and/or library investigations
on special topics. Minimum of six hours per week. May be repeated once
for credit. Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of instructor.
CHE 593 Special
Problems in Chemistry (3). Laboratory and/or library investigations
on special topics. Minimum of nine hours per week. May be repeated once
for credit. Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of instructor.
CHE 597 Topics in
Advanced Molecular Biology (3). Taught from the current literature,
this course focuses on new topics in cell and molecular biology. A combination
of lecture and student seminars. Students taking the course for graduate
credit will be required to complete a library research paper. Prerequisites:
BIO 533 and CHE 310, or consent of instructor. (Same as BIO 597.)
CHE 601 Seminar
(1). Reports concerning current chemical literature including student-faculty
discussions.
CHE 602 Seminar
(1). Reports concerning recent research carried out in the department
including student-faculty discussions.
CHE 610 Chemical
Thermodynamics (3). Mathematical treatment of the laws of classical
thermodynamics with special emphasis on the applications to chemical systems.
Prerequisite: CHE 420.
CHE 611 Advanced
Inorganic Chemistry II (3). A continuation of CHE 511 with increased
emphasis on the descriptive chemistry of the various groups of elements
as rationalized by bonding concepts and periodic trends studied in CHE
511. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHE 511.
CHE 620 Chemical
Kinetics and Mechanisms (3). Rate theory, experimental methods, treatment
of data, simple and complex reactions, reaction mechanisms. Three lectures
per week. Prerequisite: CHE 420.
CHE 641 Spectroscopy
and Group Theory (3). Applications of group theoretical considerations
of observed spectra. Spectra are discussed with emphasis on inorganic compounds.
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHE 511.
CHE 660 Topics in
Teaching Chemistry in Middle School Science Classes (1-3). For middle
school science teachers with limited preparation in chemistry. Safety issues
and laboratory teaching techniques will be focused on in this course. This
course is designed to enable the participants to immediately implement
relevant applications into their respective science programs.
CHE 661 Topics in
Teaching Chemistry in High School Science (1-3). For high school science
teachers with limited preparation in chemistry. Safety issues and laboratory
teaching techniques will be focused on in this course. This course is designed
to enable the participants to immediately implement relevant applications
into their respective science programs.
CHE 670 Special
Topics in Inorganic Chemistry (1-3). Selected topics which may include
chemical applications of group theory, coordination compounds, organometallic
compounds, and chemistry of less familiar elements. May be repeated for
credit as different topics are featured. One to three lectures per week.
Prerequisite: CHE 511.
CHE 671 Special
Topics in Physical Chemistry (1-3). Topics of current interest in physical
chemistry. May be repeated for credit as different topics are featured.
One to three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHE 581.
CHE 672 Special
Topics in Analytical Chemistry (1-3). Topics of current interest in
analytical chemistry. May be repeated for credit as different topics are
featured. One to three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHE 518 or 519.
CHE 673 Topics in
Organic Chemistry (1-3). Advanced study in selected areas of organic
chemistry. May be repeated for credit as different topics are featured.
One to three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHE 320 with 527 very strongly
recommended.
CHE 674 Topics in
Biochemistry (1-3). Advanced study in selected areas of biochemistry.
May be repeated for credit as different topics are introduced. One to three
lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHE 530 or consent of instructor.
CHE 676 Polymer
Chemistry (3). The chemistry and physical properties of natural and
synthetic polymers of practical importance, coupled with the instrumental
and spectroscopic methods of their evaluation. Three lectures per week.
Prerequisite: CHE 320.
CHE 677 Physical
Organic Chemistry (3). A study of the mechanisms of organic reactions
and the effect of structure on reactivity in organic reactions as interpreted
from experimental data. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHE 527.
CHE 687 Graduate
Cooperative Education I (5). Consists of on-site training in modern
analytical techniques utilized by environmental laboratories, including
determination of metals, BOD/TOC/TSS, autoanalyzers, specific ion/titrimetric,
sample preparation for chromatography, liquid chromatograph. Enrollment
restricted to students in environmental chemistry option of non-thesis
M.S. Prerequisite: permission of department chair.
CHE 688 Graduate
Cooperative Education II (5). A continuation of CHE 687, with emphasis
shifted to chromatographic analyses of pesticides/herbicides and mass spectrometry
with its appropriate hyphenated techniques. Enrollment restricted to students
in environmental chemistry option of non-thesis M.S. Prerequisite: permission
of chair.
CHE 689 Advanced
Analytical Chemistry (3). An extension of CHE 519 in which additional
aspects of chemical instrumentation are covered such as the application
of computers in analytical chemistry. Other topics covered will depend
upon the interests of the students enrolled. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite:
CHE 519.
CHE 691 Special
Problems in Chemistry (1). Laboratory and/or library investigations
on special topics, minimum of four hours per week. Prerequisite: Graduate
status in the department of chemistry.
CHE 692 Special
Problems in Chemistry (2). Laboratory and/or library investigations
on special topics, minimum of eight hours per week. Prerequisite: Graduate
status in the department of chemistry.
CHE 693 Special
Problems in Chemistry (3). Laboratory and/or library investigations
on special topics, minimum of 12 hours per week. Prerequisite: Graduate
status in the department of chemistry.
CHE 698 Thesis Research
(3). Problems and hours arranged individually with staff members directing
the research. Registration must be approved by the chair of the department.
CHE 699 Thesis Research
(3). Continuation of CHE 698, which is a prerequisite.
Computer
Information Systems
(CIS)
CIS 500 Internship
(3). Graded pass/fail.
CIS 507 Fundamentals
of Distributed Database Applications (3). This course covers the fundamental
concepts of distributed database management systems. The emphasis is on
the concepts, algorithms and the protocols. It includes an overview of
the architecture, database design, query processing algorithms, concurrency
control, recovery and replication strategies. Prerequisite: CIS 307 or
equivalent.
CIS 508 Computer
Simulation (3). A study of computer simulation models of systems and
processes. Simulation methodology, simulation model development, simulation
computer languages, and the analysis of simulation results are considered.
The course makes use of simulation computer software. Prerequisites: CIS
343 and CSC 199 or equivalent, or consent of instructor.
CIS 553 Quantitative
Business Analysis (3). A study of quantitative methods used in business
and industrial organizations. Topics covered include linear programming,
inventory models, PERT and CPM, simulation and waiting-line models. Prerequisite:
MGT 443.
CIS 595 Special
Problems (3). This course consists of independent in-depth study of
some problem in computer methods and/or quantitative methods. Periodic
conferences will be arranged with the supervising faculty member on an
individual basis. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
CIS 609 Data Warehousing
and Data Mining (3). This course provides the student with the technical
skills required to plan, implement and maintain a data warehouse using
appropriate software.
CIS 644 Graduate
Cooperative Education (3). May be repeated to a maximum of six credits.
Cannot be used to meet M.B.A., M.P.A. or M.S. degree requirements. Graded
pass/fail. Prerequisite: permission of chair.
CIS 645 Decision
Support and Expert Systems (3). Study of the theories and techniques
of computerized decision support and expert systems. The practical application
of these systems to problems of business and industrial organizations is
stressed. A major part of the course will be devoted to the use of appropriate
decision support and expert system computer software. Prerequisite: BPA
355 or consent of instructor.
CIS 646 A Manager's
Guide to Database (3). This course places the database environment
in an organizational context. Information is an increasingly valuable corporate
resource. Allocation of resources is a primary managerial responsibility.
This course provides managers with the background necessary for making
decisions regarding the information resource. Topics include information
resource planning, managing implementation in the database environment,
human factor in the database environment, and software and hardware selection.
Prerequisite: BPA 355 or departmental approval.
CIS 647 Systems
Analysis and Design for End User/Manager (3). This course presents
an overview of information systems (IS) and the systems development life
cycle for the systems analyst. The course will focus on tools and techniques
that the end user, analyst and/or programmer can use to document IS. Classical
and structured tools for describing data flow, data structure, process
flow, file design, input and output designs, and program specifications
will be applied to documenting systems. The course will also survey other
important topics for the systems analyst such as data gathering and reporting,
project management, cost/benefit analysis, and computer-aided system engineering
(CASE) technologies. Prerequisite: BPA 355 or consent of instructor.
CIS 653 Management
Science for Managerial Decision-Making (3). A study of the operations
research models and methods which are most frequently used in business
and industrial organizations. Topics include linear, goal and integer programming
and sensitivity analysis, network models for project management, inventory
management models, computer simulation, waiting-line models, decision analysis,
and time series analysis and forecasting. Prerequisites: CIS 443.
CIS 654 Management
Science Models and Methods (3). A continuation of CIS 653 with an in-depth
study of one or more of the topics from CIS 653. Prerequisite: CIS 653.
CIS 655 Multivariate
Statistical Analysis (3). A study of multivariate statistical analysis
techniques. Topics include multiple regression analysis, multivariate analysis
of variance, discriminate analysis and factor analysis. Emphasis is on
practical application of these techniques to the problems of business and
industrial organizations. Prerequisite: CIS 443.
CIS 680 Information
Technology Policy and Strategy (3). Course incorporates a case study
strategy to actively develop the student's ability to analyze information
technology issues from the overall perspective of the organization.
CIS 695 Comprehensive
Project in Computer Information Systems (3). This course consists of
an independent, in-depth study of a topic or problem in computer information
systems under the direct supervision of a faculty member. Periodic conferences
will be arranged with the supervising faculty member on an individual basis.
Prerequisites: 12 hours of graduate work in computer information systems
or computer science and consent of the instructor.
Communication
(COM)
COM 551 Supervision
of Forensic Activities (3). A survey of current problems in administering
a speech and theatre activity program. Includes tournament management and
judging. Practicum in supervision of festival and tournament activities
facing the instructor, such as preparing the contestant for duet acting,
the contest play, interpretive and forensic events.
COM 553 Advanced
Small Group Processes (3). An examination of the communication processes
in various types of small groups. The course will consider the ways in
which leadership, norms and conflict relate to the social and decision-making
processes in groups.
COM 581 Seminar
in Interpersonal Communication (3). A study of the contemporary approaches
to interpersonal communication with opportunities for practical application
of those approaches in diverse interpersonal situations.
COM 585 Advanced
Organizational Communication (3). Survey of theory and research relevant
to the study of organizational communication. Students will examine how
communication processes shape and reshape the activities of organizing
within and between organizations. Prerequisites: senior standing and COM
385 or graduate status.
COM 589 Directed
Individual Study in Communication Theory (3). A course designed to
meet the needs of individuals and groups who wish to explore topics not
covered in other speech and theatre courses or to do in-depth study of
an issue introduced in another course. A proposal for study must be approved
by the instructor during the first week of classes. General areas of study
from which specific topics can be drawn include interpersonal communication,
small group communication, and communication within organizations. May
be repeated for a maximum of six hours. Graded pass/fail.
COM 599 Internship
(3-6). A course designed for students to get experience in the application
of theory to practical situations. Businesses and organizations selected
to participate draw from qualified students with skills in organizational
communication, forensics, technical theatre or acting. May be repeated
for a total of six hours. Graded pass/fail. Prerequisite: senior standing
or consent of instructor.
COM 600 Seminar
in International and Intercultural Communication (3). Analysis of theories
and research in international communication and intercultural communication.
Focus on such variables as interaction among racial, ethnic, and cultural
groups; transnational information flow; and the role of media in facilitating
international and intercultural knowledge and understanding. (Same as JMC
600.)
COM 644 Graduate
Cooperative Education (3). May be repeated for a maximum of six credits.
Graded pass/fail. Prerequisite: permission of chair.
COM 645 Foundations
in Organizational Communication (3). A survey of the development of
organizational communication from early communication thinkers to contemporary
individuals who have contributed theory and influenced the discipline.
COM 661 Theories
of Persuasion and Argumentation (3). Classical and modern theories
of persuasion and argumentation. Behavioral theory and research are examined
and the effects of various forms of argument and attitude change are studied.
Ethical standards of persuasion and argumentation are explored.
COM 672 Communication
in Instructional Environments (3). Communication in a variety of instructional
contexts with focus on introductory courses at the college level. Emphasis
is placed on the literature, philosophies and theories concerning communication
instruction.
COM 673 Organizational
Training and Development (3). Specific problem areas in communication
structures within particular organizations are identified. A concentrated
examination is made of the areas of assessment, diagnosis, prescription,
intervention and evaluation of communication problems and the training
and development opportunities resulting from those problems within organizations.
COM 681 Seminar
in Conflict Resolution (3). Designed to illustrate the central role
of communication in resolving conflict within various organizational entities.
The course will focus on conflict resolution skills required in such environments
as management and labor, public administration, families and education.
A particular area of concentration will be selected each semester.
COM 683 Seminar
in Communication Variables (3). Variables affecting communication including
perception, language, attitudes and cognitive processes. Research related
to each variable will be examined.
COM 685 Seminar
in Organizational Communication (9). Detailed studies in organizational
communication of interest to faculty and students. A contemporary topic,
to be announced one semester in advance, is examined each time the course
is offered. Past topics include consulting, subordinate-superior relations,
gender communication, mentoring and intercultural communication. The course
may be repeated for a total of nine hours. Prerequisite: COM 585 or consent
of instructor.
COM 690 Research
Methods in Organizational Communication (2). Review of research methodologies
used in the study of communication variables.
COM 692 Research
Practice (2). Application of research methods used to study communication
variables. Miniature thesis required. Prerequisite: COM 690.
COM 693 Readings
in Communication Research (3). Students read 4,000-5,000 pages of research
in a particular area of interest. Usually the product is a research paper
written in a publishable format. Permission of the graduate advisor is
required prior to enrollment. Graded pass/fail.
COM 694 Directed
Individual Study in Organizational Communication (1-3). The student
has the opportunity to pursue specific areas of research under the supervision
of the participating faculty member. Particular expectations are negotiated
between the student, department and faculty member. May be repeated once
for a maximum of six hours. Graded pass/fail.
COM 698 Thesis (3).
COM 699 Thesis (3).
Criminal
Justice
(CRJ)
CRJ 522 Issues in
Policing (3). Examines police function, history, operational strategies,
ethics, deviance, use of force, policy, accreditation, accountability,
and other contemporary issues. Prerequisite: CRJ 220 or permission of instructor.
CRJ 533 Juvenile
Delinquency (3). Nature and extent of delinquency; competing explanatory
theories; evaluation of programs for prevention and control; role of police,
detention, juvenile courts and corrections. Prerequisite: nine hours in
sociology or criminal justice, or consent of instructor. (Same as SOC 533.)
CRJ 537 Juvenile
Justice Procedures (3). The organization, function and jurisdiction
of juvenile agencies; police referrals, preventive techniques and youth
divisions; juvenile court procedures and juvenile statutes.
CRJ 544 Constitutional
and Legal Issues in CRJ (3). A comprehensive examination of the constitutional
law that affects criminal justice professionals, citizens, suspects, and
incarcerated individuals, with considerable attention given to both civil
and criminal legal issues surfacing in the criminal justice field. Topics
will include due process, search and seizure, self-incrimination, bail,
and right to counsel and a fair trial.
CRJ 573 Victimology
(3). Analysis of major perspectives on victimization. Emphasis on patterns
of victimization, the role of victims in the generation of crime, and the
experience of the victim in the criminal justice system.
CRJ 575 (570) Comparative
Criminal Justice Systems (3). An examination of non-American criminal
justice systems. Specific areas of comparison will include but not be limited
to, the police, judiciary, and criminal corrections of selected foreign
systems.
CRJ 605 Seminar
in the Administration of Justice (3). An overview and evaluation of
policies and practices in the administration of justice.
CRJ 610 Seminar
in Critical Justice Issues (3). An assessment of selected issues in
justice currently under attack and the development of strategies to meet
those challenges.
CRJ 644 Graduate
Cooperative Education (3). May be repeated to a maximum of six credits.
Cannot be used to meet M.B.A., M.P.A. or M.S. degree requirements. Graded
pass/fail. Prerequisite: permission of division director.
CRJ 645 Graduate
Internship (3). Supervised internship placement in a criminal justice
agency. Students are expected to examine administrative, operational, legal
and ethical issues faced by the placement agency. Prerequisite: permission
of division director.
CRJ 695 Special
Problems (3). Individual study and projects designed to meet the needs
of each student. Requires consent of division director.
CRJ 698 Thesis (3-6).
Computer
Science
(CSC)
CSC 500 Compiler
Construction (3). Review of program language structures, translation,
loading, execution and storage allocation. Compilation of simple expressions
and statements. Organization of a compiler including compile-time and run-time
symbol tables, lexical scan, syntax scan, object code generation, error
diagnostics, object code optimization techniques and overall design. Use
of writing languages and bootstrapping. Prerequisites: CSC 415.
CSC 503 Automata
and Formal Languages (3). Alphabets, languages and grammars: finite
automata, regular expressions and type E grammars, context-free languages
and push down automata, Turing machines and unsolvability. Prerequisite:
senior standing or consent of instructor.
CSC 510 Data Communications
and Networking (3). An introduction to data communications and computer
networking including transmission media, protocols, standards, and the
OSI model, multiplexing, data compression, error detection and correction;
encryption and decryption; local and wide area networks; distributed computing
and client-server systems; network planning, installation, management,
and inter-networking. Students will install, configure and test networks
of personal computers using several popular network operating systems.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
CSC 515 Computer
Graphics Programming (3). Course to cover computer graphics programming
techniques and algorithms. Topics include: graphical systems and models,
defining geometric objects and applying geometric transformations, techniques
for rendering and viewing, shading algorithms, hierarchical and object-oriented
graphics, mathematical methods for generating curves and surfaces, physics-based
modeling, and utilizing special graphics display hardware. Prerequisite:
knowledge of a high-level programming language or permission of instructor.
CSC 520 Numerical
Analysis II (3). A thorough treatment of solutions of equations, interpolation
and approximations, numerical solution of initial value problems in ordinary
differential equations. Selected algorithms will be programmed for solution
on computers. Prerequisites: CSC 420 and MAT 411 or consent of instructor.
CSC 525 Special
Topics I (3). This course is designed to fulfill special needs not
met by other courses. It can be a lecture or seminar course. May be repeated
one time. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
CSC 526 Special
Topics II (3). Special topics in computer science. May be repeated
one time.
CSC 530 Graphical
User Interface Development (3). Presents an introduction to human-computer
interaction, graphical user interface design and implementation. Requires
the development of a significant software application using a selected
user interface development tool. Corequisite: CSC 531, 532, 533 or 534.
Prerequisites: knowledge of a high-level programming language and consent
of instructor.
CSC 531 Graphical
User Interface Development Project in Graphics and Visual Computing (0).
Project
course to accompany CSC 530. The chosen project will be related to graphical
user interface development and graphics and visual computing. This course
must be taken with CSC 530. Graded pass/fail.
CSC 532 Graphical
User Interface Development Project in Net-Centric Computing (0). Project
course to accompany CSC 530. The chosen project will be related to graphical
user interface development and net-centric computing. This course must
be taken with CSC 530. Graded pass/fail.
CSC 533 Graphical
User Interface Development Project in Embedded Systems Programming (0).
Project
course to accompany CSC 530. The chosen project will be related to graphical
user interface development and embedded systems programming. This course
must be taken with CSC 530. Graded pass/fail.
CSC 534 Graphical
User Interface Development Project in Applications Programming (0). Project
course to accompany CSC 530. The chosen project will be related to graphical
user interface development and applications programming. This course must
be taken with CSC 530. Graded pass/fail.
CSC 540 Social,
Ethical and Professional Issues in the Information Age (3). This course
emphasizes social, ethical, legal, technical and professional issues encountered
in the information age including the historical and social context, professional
responsibilities, risks and liabilities, and intellectual property. Prerequisite:
senior standing.
CSC 545 Advanced
Computer Architecture (3). In-depth discussion of some topics from
CSC 405, high-speed functional units, distributed architecture, multiprocessors,
pipelining, parallel computers and other topics. Prerequisite: CSC 405.
CSC 551 Microprogrammed
Logic Design (4). Combinational and segmented logic implementation
using selectors, multiplexers, PLA, ROM and RAM. Architecture of logic
emulation. Virtual machines. Vertical and horizontal microprogramming.
Simulation studies of microprogrammed systems. Three hours lecture, two
hours laboratories per week. Prerequisite: CSC 405.
CSC 560 UNIX System
Administration (3). This course covers the fundamental principles of
administering the family of UNIX operating systems. Topics that will be
covered include installation, configuration, administration and management
of one flavor of this operating system.
CSC 565 Microprocessor
Techniques (3). Architecture of various microprocessors, assembly of
useful microcomputers using one or more of the popular microprocessors,
technique of interfacing to microcomputers, programming microcomputers,
importance of microcomputers in logic design. Prerequisite: CSC 405 or
consent of instructor.
CSC 580 Introduction
to Computer Programming Education (3). A computer science methods course
for education majors. General introduction to teaching computer programming
in the secondary school environment including state program requirements
in computer science and information systems, use of teaching aids with
special application to the teaching of computer programming and computer
laboratory management. Prerequisite: a course in a high-level programming
language.
CSC 581 Educational
Programming Languages (3). Designed to introduce students to programming
languages currently being used in the educational environment. Having been
introduced to BASIC in the prerequisite course, students will also cover
that
language in greater detail. Prerequisite: CSC 580.
CSC 595 Special
Problems (1-3). Supervised independent study of specialized topics
in computer science. May be repeated one time. Prerequisite: senior standing
and/or consent of instructor.
CSC 630 Client Application
Development (3). This course concentrates on the client component of
client-server applications to include designing, implementing, managing,
maintaining, training and refining the user interface of interactive software.
Special emphasis will be placed on developing easy-to-use and easy-to-learn
user interfaces. A significant software application will be developed using
one or more commercial application development tools.
CSC 632 Server Application
Development (3). This is an advanced programming course that introduces
the concepts of writing distributed server applications. Emphasis is placed
on practical server application development for e-commerce. Students develop
expertise in the use of a server applications development tools using object-oriented
analysis and design. The course develops an understanding of interrelationship
between the technical architecture and the organizational policies and
procedures.
CSC 644 Graduate
Cooperative Education (3). May be repeated to a maximum of six credits.
Cannot be used to meet M.B.A., M.P.A. or M.S. degree requirements. Graded
pass/fail. Prerequisite: permission of chair.
CSC 695 Comprehensive
Project in Computer Science (3). This course consists of an independent,
in-depth study of a topic or problem in computer science under the direct
supervision of a faculty member. Periodic conferences will be arranged
with the supervising faculty member on an individual basis. Prerequisites:
12 hours of graduate work in computer science or computer information systems
and consent of the instructor.
COLLEGE
STUDENT PERSONNEL
(CSP)
CSP 615 Introduction
to Student Affairs in Higher Education (3). The historical and philosophical
development of the student affairs profession will be explored and discussed.
Major topics include an in-depth study of the departments that typically
constitute the division of student affairs. This includes history, function,
trends, issues and significant personnel. Class content will be presented
in seminar format.
CSP 616 The American
College Student (3). The characteristics of the contemporary American
college student will be examined. Major topics will include an examination
of the motivations for entering institutions of higher education, developmental
theory related to college students, problems and challenges
specific to the American
concept of making higher education accessible to a large percentage of
the population, and the impact of contemporary economic and social trends
on the college population.
CSP 617 Current
Issues in Student Affairs (3). Current topics shaping the profession
of student affairs will be examined. These will include issues involving
the relationship between the student and the university, student development,
funding and governance, as well as current issues involving the impact
of changing social trends on the work of the student affairs professions.
A case study method will be used in the presentation of the course.
CSP 618 Practicum
and Seminar in College Student Personnel Work (3). Practical aspects
of college student personnel work will be examined through the use of appropriate
placements in working professional settings. A seminar will accompany these
placements to provide a forum for a structured discussion and development
of concepts observed while in the field placement settings.
CAREER
AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION
(CTE)
CTE 500 Analysis
of Global Influences on the Workplace. (3) Course focuses on the global
influences that are changing the workplace for teachers and trainers of
today. The primary emphasis is on the scope, origins, and current trends
that influence the classroom and other learning contexts, including business
and government. Students are asked to research and explore global effects
on their own current or prospective work environments.
CTE 501 Teaching
through Application (3). Course is designed to provide new and pre-service
teachers with an introduction to the field of career and technical education.
Included are topics related to motivation, and learning theory, curriculum,
school organization, funding, laboratory management and historical, sociocultural,
psychological and philosophical foundations of career and technical education.
CTE 502 Instructional
Media, Curricula and Assessment in CTE (3). Course will provide an
overview of current trends and issues in instructional technology and curricula
in the technology rich instructional environment. The focus is on instructional
approaches unique to and appropriate for the career and technical education
classroom and laboratory.
CTE 503 Planning
and Implementing Instruction in CTE (3). Course will provide an overview
of current trends and issues in planning and implementing instruction in
the media rich career and technical education classroom and laboratory.
Includes exploration of such varied methods as lecture, discussion, group
instruction, projects and instructional modules.
CTE 510 Introduction
to Technical Training Programs for Industry (3). A study of the organization,
planning, delivery and evaluation of adult education, development and training
as conducted within business and industry.
CTE 540 School and
Occupational Relations (3). A course designed to provide instruction
in establishing a working relationship between vocational schools and industry.
Attention is given to organizing and maintaining an occupational advisory
committee, occupational surveys, field based instruction and student follow-up.
CTE 560 Seminar
in Career and Technical Education (3). Individual and group investigations
of current problems and issues in the field of vocational-industrial and
technical education. Each student will be expected to plan and complete
a minor research project and present his findings to the seminar.
CTE 561 Planning
Technical Education Facilities (3). Principles and practices underlying
the planning and designing of shops and laboratories for vocational, industrial
and technical education, and implementation of legislation such as OSHA.
CTE 562 School and
Community Relations for the Technical Instructor (3). A systematic
approach to school-community relations that treats the community as an
active participant with the vocational staff in the development and operation
of an effective occupational-oriented educational program.
CTE 563 Evaluation
of Instruction in Industrial Technical Education (3). A course designed
to provide instruction in the process of instructional evaluation. Emphasis
is given to the establishment of student performance criteria, the assessment
of student performance in the cognitive, affective and psychomotor domains,
and the assigning of grades. An independent study project or research report
is required.
CTE 565 Program
Planning and Evaluation (3). Procedures and techniques in planning
and evaluating programs in vocational and technical education.
CTE 566 Special
Problems in Career and Technical Education (1-3). Provides an opportunity
for individual study, laboratory practice and research in vocational education.
The student must show a real need for such study and have the proposed
problem approved before registering for the course.
CTE 567 Managing
and Organizing Student Organizations (3). A study of procedures for
organizing clubs, suggestions to club sponsors, employer-employee banquets,
publications, open-house, field trips, etc.
CTE 568 Independent
Study in Career and Technical Education (3). Supervised readings or
independent investigative projects in the various aspects of administration,
supervision and coordination of vocational programs. Prerequisite: consent
of instructor.
CTE 569 Practicum
in Career and Technical Education (3). This course is designed for
vocational education personnel who are interested in working within special
areas in vocational education such as administration, coordination and
implementation of legislation such as metrics, OSHA, etc.
CTE 570 Foundations
of Career and Technical Education (3). A study of the social, historical
and philosophical foundations of technology education and vocational education.
Includes critical examination of the influences of the foundations of technology
and vocational education on contemporary curricular developments, selection
and organization of course content and teaching techniques. An independent
study project or research report is required. (Same as TTE 470.)
CTE 571 Instructional
Methods in Career and Technical Education (3). The presentation and
application of instructional materials, methods, techniques and devices
relevant to teaching technology and vocational education at the orientation,
exploration and preparation levels. Students will explore current
research on methods
of instruction, then plan and execute teaching units for both individual
and group instruction, selecting content and instructional strategies based
on the goals and objectives appropriate to the content organizers of technology.
Activities will include development of lesson plans, organization of materials,
and presentation of psychomotor, affective and cognitive instruction as
well as establishment of student expectations and a student behavior policy.
An independent study project or research report is required. (Same as TTE
471.)
CTE 572 Managing
Career and Technical Learning Facilities (3). Principles and practices
for planning, organizing, and maintaining school shop, laboratory and classroom
facilities used in teaching vocational subjects. Emphasis is given to classroom
management and control, supply inventory, equipment maintenance and safety.
An independent study project or research report is required.
CTE 573 Occupational
Field Experience (3). Directed work experience in various vocational
settings for the purpose of giving the student practical experiences in
the field. Supervision is provided by both the instructional staff of the
college and the cooperating agency. Students are expected to maintain a
full record of activities and assignments and to prepare periodic progress
reports.
CTE 574 Instructional
Media and Curriculum Development (3). A study of current trends and
issues in curriculum development and instructional media for technology
and vocational education. Students will demonstrate an understanding of
the curricular considerations unique to the application of other areas
of knowledge to technological problem-solving. Research and problem-solving
skills will be utilized to adapt instructional media and existing teaching
units to both individual and group instruction. Students will link content
and instructional strategies based on goals and objectives appropriate
to the content organizers of technology. An independent study project or
research report is required. (Same as TTE 474.)
CTE 575 Managing
Instruction for Learners with Special Needs (3). A study of the basic
ideas, perspectives and techniques critical to the planning, management
and evaluation of instruction for special needs learners. Classroom situations
involving diverse populations and handicaps will be examined. A student-generated
field experience is required. (Same as TTE 575.)
CTE 576 Emerging
Trends in Instructional Technology (3). A study will be made of trends
in industrial technology affecting vocational technical education, including
competency-based education, management by objectives, objectives exchange
systems, information storage and retrieval, instructional models, etc.
CTE 577 Educator
Externship, Field Experience in the Workplace (3). Emphasis on behavior
patterns and changes in adults. Theories of occupational development, levels
of occupational maturity, effects of personality traits, and socio-psychological
environmental influences. Projects and field studies will be utilized.
CTE 578 ( CTE/VTE
672) Vocational Guidance (3). Problems and procedures involved in assisting
individuals to choose, prepare for, enter upon and become adjusted in their
vocations. Students will develop skills which enhance their ability to
teach identification and clarification of values, as well as enhancement
of decision-making, career planning and job acquisition skills. Technology
education teachers, vocational education teachers and counselors will develop
insight into the principles involved in evaluating occupational outlooks
and the skills and traits required for success in selected careers.
CTE 640 Student
Teaching Practicum in Career and Technical Education (6). This course
provides opportunities for students to participate in all activities and
duties generally expected of a career and technical education teacher.
Student will observe, participate, and teach under the supervision of a
faculty member and a cooperating teacher. Includes experience in lesson
planning, classroom management, record keeping, development and use of
instructional materials and delivery of instruction.
CTE 671 Philosophy
of Career and Technical Education (3). A study of the social, historical
and philosophical development and current philosophical beliefs of technology-based
studies. Exploring the various philosophies of technology education and
vocational education, the student will develop a philosophy and understanding
of technology or vocational education, then apply that philosophy and understanding
to technology-based education about the technological attitudes and skills
to understanding new or different past-present-future technology systems.
The meaning of technology-based education to the individual and society,
as well as the nature and impacts of technology on the individual and society
will be introduced and explored. (Same as TTE 671.)
CTE 673 Supervision
of Career and Technical Education (3). A study of the competencies
needed to supervise and develop effective techniques of working with technology
and vocational education teachers. Problems and methods of orientation,
communication and supervision of teachers and instruction are discussed.
(Same as TTE 673.)
CTE 675 Experienced
Teacher Practices in Industrial Technology Education (3). A study of
contemporary industrial theory, practice and trends in Kentucky. Through
problem solving, and development of instructional activities, the student
will explore the relationship between exemplary experienced teacher practices/behaviors
and educational research as it related to instructional improvement and
enhancement of learning. Students will develop portfolio entries that demonstrate
skill and best practice in focusing industrial technology education classroom
instruction toward achievement of Kentucky's academic learning expectations
under the mandates of KERA and the teacher expectations described in Kentucky's
Experienced Teacher Standards for Preparation and Certification.
CTE 676 Organization
and Administration of Career and Technical Education (3). A study of
the organization and administration of technology, vocational and technical
education programs on the various school levels and the development and
coordination of external advisory boards. The students will experience
development of a strategic plan that includes a mission statement, rationale
for change, goals and objectives, action steps, as well as a program evaluation
strategy. State and national legislation affecting technology and vocational
education will be studied. (Same as TTE 676.)
CTE 677 Practices
in Cooperative Occupational Education (3). The philosophy, purpose,
problems and procedures in the operation of cooperative part-time and evening
school programs.
CTE 678 Review of
Professional Literature in Vocational Education (3). Review and analysis
of outstanding professional literature in the various fields of vocational
education. Survey of research and professional papers from other disciplines
that relate to vocational education will be made. Critical analysis of
selected publications will be required.
CTE 694 Research
in Industry, Training and Technical Education (3). A study of techniques
and procedures used in designing, conducting, interpreting and evaluating
research in industrial, training, and technical education settings. Applications,
advantages and limitations of various research methods are studied and
explored. Graduate status is required. (Same as IET 694)
CTE 698 Thesis (3).
CTE 699 Thesis (3).
Economics
(ECO)
ECO 500 Foundations
of Economic Analysis (3). A rigorous introduction to economics including
the application of the basic principles of microeconomics and macroeconomics.
This course is designed for nontraditional students who would like to refresh
their understanding of economics and for graduate students and advanced
undergraduates who lack prior proper training in economics. Students cannot
receive undergraduate credit for this class and ECO 230 and/or ECO 231.
In addition, this class cannot be used to fulfill graduate requirements
in the M.B.A. or M.S. in economics program. Prerequisites: MAT 117, 120,
140 or 150; or an ACT math standard score of at least 23; or consent of
instructor.
ECO 505 Internship
in Economics (1-3). Open to junior and senior economics majors. Students
are placed with cooperating firms or government agencies to receive on-the-job
training in economic analysis. Work experience is supervised by faculty
and written reports are required. Graded pass/fail. Prerequisite: permission
of departmental chair.
ECO 530 Intermediate
Macro Theory (3). A review of the macroeconomic problems that face
society, the theories that have arisen to describe the economy, and policy
implications of possible solutions. Outside research as specified by the
instructor will be required. Credit cannot be given for both ECO 330 and
ECO 530. Prerequisites: ECO 230 and MAT 220 or consent of instructor.
ECO 531 Intermediate
Micro Theory (3). An analysis of price and distribution theory. Outside
research as specified by the instructor will be required. Credit cannot
be given for both ECO 331 and ECO 531. Prerequisites: ECO 231 and MAT 220
or consent of instructor.
ECO 538 Monetary
and Fiscal Policy (3). An appraisal of the federal government's efforts
to promote full employment and price stability. Prerequisite: ECO 330 or
consent of instructor.
ECO 539 Microeconomic
Policy (3). An analysis of government policy affecting business firms
and consumer choice. Prerequisite: ECO 331 or consent of instructor.
ECO 540 Market Structure
and Firm Behavior (3). This course examines non-competitive market
structures such as monopoly, oligopoly and monopolistic competition. The
course will focus on output and pricing decisions of such firms, the economic
impact of these market structures, and the regulation of non-competitive
markets. Prerequisite: ECO 230 and 231.
ECO 550 Public Finance
(3). A survey of the principles and practices of raising and spending
public revenues. Prerequisite: ECO 231 or consent of instructor.
ECO 555 National
Income Accounting (3). The application of social accounting to the
analysis of aggregate economic activity. Prerequisites: ACC 201 and ECO
330 or consent of instructor.
ECO 570 Labor Economics
(3). A survey of the economics of labor, the conditions of employment,
wages and the development of labor organizations in the United States.
Prerequisite: ECO 231 or consent of instructor.
ECO 595 Special
Problems (1-3). Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
ECO 597 Teaching
and Application of Economic Principles: K-12 (3). A survey of content,
materials, teaching methodology and practicum in program design for incorporating
economic principles into grades K-12. The course is designed for those
with little or no formal economic background. (Same as EDU 597.)
ECO 625 Managerial
Economics (3). An application of economic theory to business problems.
Prerequisites: ECO 230 and 231 or equivalent, MAT 220, CIS 443, or consent
of instructor.
ECO 630 Macroeconomic
Theory (3). The study of aggregate business conditions and economic
theory, covering topics such as inflation, unemployment, monetary policy
and fiscal policy. Prerequisite: ECO 330 or consent of instructor.
ECO 631 Microeconomic
Theory (3). An advanced treatment of price theory, emphasizing the
use of differential calculus and linear algebra to formally model the decision-making
of individual economic agents. Prerequisite: ECO 331 or consent of instructor.
ECO 633 History
of Economic Thought (3). A study of the evolution of important economic
thought. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
ECO 635 Advanced
Monetary Theory (3). The evolution of money, monetary theory, monetary
policy and the closely related topic of fiscal policy. Prerequisite: ECO
230 and 231, or consent of instructor.
ECO 639 Microeconomic
Policy and Application (3). An application of basic microeconomic theories
to the analysis of the effects of various governmental policies on individual
consumers, firms, industries or resource owners. The topics that will be
covered in any particular semester will vary, being drawn primarily from
policy issues of current importance. Prerequisites: ECO 230 and 231 or
consent of instructor.
ECO 644 Graduate
Cooperative Education (3). May be repeated to a maximum of six credits.
Cannot be used to meet M.B.A., M.P.A. or M.S. degree requirements. Graded
pass/fail. Prerequisite: permission of chair.
ECO 650 Theory of
Public Finance (3). Reviews the problem of resource allocation within
the framework of government revenue and expenditure policies, and the impact
of these policies on the economy. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
ECO 660 International
Business and Finance (3). International payments, international economic
theory, contemporary economic nationalism, international investment and
currency problems and the commercial policies of major countries. Prerequisite:
ECO 230 & 231 or consent of instructor.
ECO 680 Quantitative
Methods of Economics and Business (3). A rigorous presentation of the
fundamental quantitative methods most frequently encountered in the graduate
study of economics and business. Topics covered include matrix algebra,
partial differentiation, constrained and unconstrained optimization and
comparative statics. Prerequisites: ECO 230, 231 and MAT 220 or consent
of instructor.
ECO 685 Econometrics
(3). The theory and application of statistical methods to the analysis
of economic and business data. Topics covered include simple and multiple
regression analysis, hypothesis testing of linear and nonlinear restrictions,
heteroskedasticity, autocorrelation, dummy variables and model selection.
Prerequisites: ECO 231 and CIS 343 or consent of instructor.
ECO 690 Forecasting
for Business and Government (3). An intuitive presentation of the basic
quantitative forecasting techniques widely used in industry and government,
including multiple regression analysis, exponential smoothing algorithms
and ARIMA modeling (Box-Jenkins). Prerequisites: ECO 230, 231 and CIS 343
or consent of instructor.
ECO 691 Benefit-Cost
Analysis for Business and Government (3). Techniques of benefit-cost
analysis and related topics. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
ECO 695 Special
Problems (1-3). Independent study of a special problem in economics
by students who have the background to do independent work. Prerequisites:
12 hours of graduate credit and consent of instructor.
ECO 698 Thesis (3).
ECO 699 Thesis (3).
Educational
Psychology
(EDP)
EDP 675 Advanced
Educational Psychology (3). A psychological perspective and research-based
examination of the learner, the teacher, and the classroom interaction
processes involved in effective educational processes.
Education
(EDU)
EDU 515 Introduction
to Environmental Education (3). An introduction to environmental education
which will include philosophy, historical development, resource identification,
curriculum development, field trip and other activities designed to use
the various subject areas in all grade levels as a vehicle to create an
environmental ethic.
EDU 520 NASA Aerospace
Science Workshop (3). A course designed for teachers at all levels
and subject disciplines. The intent of this course is to introduce teachers
to the history, present status and future of the space movement through
the efforts of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration agency.
Instruction will be provided by Aerospace Education Specialists and College
of Education faculty.
EDU 585 Environmental
Interpretation (3). A course designed for persons in the fields of
natural and cultural history, recreation, education, and media. A focus
will be placed upon the philosophy, process and values of environmental
interpretation while looking closely into the methods and techniques of
interpreting programming. Successful completion of the course will lead
to a national certification through the National Association for Interpretation.
EDU 597 Teaching
and Application of Economic Principles: K-12 (3). A survey of content,
materials, teaching methodology and practicum in program design for incorporating
economic principles into grades K-12. The course is designed for those
with little or no formal economic background. (Same as ECO 597.)
EDU 602 Individualizing
Instructional Programs (3). This course will provide a practical experience
in the design and development of individualized curriculum materials and
instructional programs, preparing IEP's, and in the development of appropriate
classroom organizational and management systems to implement these programs.
EDU 603 Systems
of Evaluating, Grading and Reporting Pupil Progress (3). Students completing
this course would have achieved appropriate skills and understandings to
more effectively perform the tasks of evaluating and reporting of pupil
progress in the classroom. To include the study of criterion-referenced
evaluation, alternative grading practices, teacher-pupil-parent conferencing,
alternative reporting systems.
EDU 606 Preparation
of Curriculum Materials (3). A course involving the producing of learning
materials for use in the elementary and secondary schools.
EDU 609 Education
for the Culturally Different (3). A study of the culturally different
child with emphasis on causes and cultural responsibilities. Emphasis is
given to procedures used to identify, to provide approximate curriculum
experiences, and to evaluate the effectiveness of the program.
EDU 614 Direct Study
of Children and Youth (3). A group experience in writing and analyzing
anecdotal records composed from direct observation by each member, under
the guidance of trained leaders and consultants.
EDU 620 Internship
in Environmental Education (3). Student spends a directed amount of
time working under the supervision of a selected environmental educator.
This may be in formal and non-formal settings. May be taken concurrently
with EDU 660 if experience and length of internship merits additional credits.
EDU 621 Advanced
Methods of Teaching (3). An advanced course that applies theories and
practices of models of teaching based upon applied research and practitioners
experiences. Prerequisites: EDU 303 or an equivalent course and at least
have had student teaching experiences.
EDU 622 Philosophy
of Education (3). A course designed to explore the various philosophies
of education; the meaning of education to the individual and society; the
nature of thinking; educational aims and values; character education; and
the interpretation and evaluation of present day issues and problems in
education.
EDU 623 Educational
Sociology (3). A course designed to review the major sociological forces
which condition education: the structure of society, major social trends,
and social instructions. (Same as SOC 623.)
EDU 625 Theory and
Practice in Classroom Management (3). Analysis of the theoretical and
practical aspects of selected systems of classroom management and control.
To include the study of several approaches that can assist teachers in
establishing and maintaining a healthy and productive system of classroom
operation.
EDU 626 Integration
of Educational Technology (3). Students use a range of traditional,
interactive, and emerging technology tools to enhance learning. Students
demonstrate knowledge of existing instructional practices as well as compose
and produce artifacts using available resources.
EDU 627 School Law
and Finance for Teachers (3). A course designed for the classroom teacher.
A study of the laws and finance pertaining to teachers as they work with
students, administrators, colleagues and community interest groups. (Same
as ADM 627.)
EDU 631 Application
of Learning and Motivation Principles to the Classroom (3). A course
designed to examine theories of human motivation, learning styles, and
human growth, teaching behaviors and learning environments necessary to
achieve congruency with these theories.
EDU 632 Comparative
Education (3). A systematic examination of education in various nations
for the purpose of an enlarged critical view of education in the United
States.
EDU 633 Curriculum
Development (3). A comprehensive analysis of the process of curriculum
development. It includes examination of the theoretical dimensions of curriculum
development. The process includes consideration of the bases of curriculum,
aims and objectives of schools, planning instruction and curriculum evaluation.
EDU 634 Problems
in Curriculum Development in the Public School (1-3). Designed for
people desiring to work in specific curriculum areas, K-12. Repeatable
to six hours.
EDU 635 Problems
in Education (1-3). Designed to permit a graduate student to make a
study of a problem of instruction in K-12 settings. Repeatable to six hours.
EDU 636 Readings
in Education (1-3). Designed to allow for in-depth study of research
in education. Repeatable to six hours.
EDU 645 History
of Education in the United States (3). A course designed to study of
the growth and development of education in the United States from early
colonial times to present, including recent trends and movements.
EDU 649 Research
in Education (3). This course is a follow-up of ADM 630. The course
includes an exploration of elementary statistics as they apply to the completion
of an action research project which was proposed and begun in ADM 630.
The action research project is to be concluded during this course and presented
during a class/departmental colloquium.
EDU 650 Workshops
in Education (1-3). Repeatable to six hours.
EDU 653 The Supervision
of Student Teachers (3). Designed to explore the competencies needed
by the supervising teacher to develop effective techniques of working with
student teachers. Orientation, communication, supervision and the objectives
of student teaching are discussed.
EDU 655 Creativity
in Teaching (3). A comprehensive course designed to help participants:
(1) explore and enhance their own creative powers; (2) learn how to teach
creative problem-solving techniques and creative habits of mind to others;
and (3) become aware of the variety of theoretical frameworks, research
results and measurements which are available in the area of creativity.
EDU 656 Newspaper
in the Classroom (3). A course designed to prepare teachers in utilizing
local, state and national newspapers in teaching different subjects in
elementary and secondary schools. A large variety of curriculum materials
will be developed for classroom use.
EDU 658 Nonverbal
Communication in the Classroom (3). The course will provide an overview
of the literature in nonverbal communication, drawing from psychology,
anthropology, sociology, linguistics, speech and communication, and education.
Applications of that content will be made to the teaching profession.
EDU 660 Special
Problems in Environmental Education (1-3). Selected projects in current
developments and trends in environmental education. Repeatable to six hours.
EDU 661 Workshops
in Environmental Education (1). Selected workshops in environmental
education. Graded pass/fall. Repeatable to three hours. Prerequisites:
admission to graduate study and permission of the instructor.
EDU 662 Workshops
in Environmental Education (2). Selected workshops in environmental
education. Graded pass/fall. Repeatable to six hours. Prerequisites: admission
to graduate study.
EDU 663 Workshops
in Environmental Education (1-3). Selected workshops in environmental
education. Repeatable to nine hours. Graded pass/fail.
EDU 664 Techniques
of Teaching Environmental Education (3). This course provides opportunities
for the development of teaching attitudes and understanding at all grade
levels of the basic natural resources of the school environment. Study
of the surrounding area is made through field trips.
EDU 665 Field Experiences
in Environmental Education (2-3). This course will be conducted at
the Land Between the Lakes Environmental Education Center. The workshop
will include techniques of using the out-of-doors as a teaching tool, curriculum
development skills, methods of using environmental education as a supplement
to curriculum areas and localizing environmental education programs to
meet the needs of local communities.
EDU 667 Environment
in Austria, Germany, and Switzerland (3). Residential study of the
mathematical, scientific, social studies, language arts, fine arts, and
health connections to the environment in Austria, Germany, and Switzerland.
This class is offered in conjunction with the Kentucky Institute for international
Studies and takes place in Bregenz, Austria (field experiences required).
Prerequisites: admission to the graduate program as a regular or visiting
student or permission of instructor.
EDU 668 Agriculture
and the Environment in the Classroom (3). The study of agriculture
and the environment as it relates to origination and production of food
and fiber and how this connects to topics, skills, and concepts that are
included in the K-12 classroom. This program is conducted in conjunction
with the Kentucky Department of Agriculture (field experience required).
Prerequisites: admission to the graduate program or permission of instructor.
EDU 691 Nature and
Needs of the Gifted Student (3). A course to provide opportunities
for experienced teachers and teacher trainees to develop knowledge and
awareness of the characteristics and needs of gifted children and youth,
and provides the individual student with opportunities to apply general
educational principles for the gifted and talented to total educational
concerns.
EDU 692 Methods
and Materials for Teaching Gifted Students (3). This course will focus
upon the development of instructional strategies and curriculum materials
for use with youngsters with high ability and/or potential.
EDU 693 Educational
Programs for Gifted Students (3). A course designed to give experience
and develop skills in effective planning, organization and execution of
educational programs for gifted students.
EDU 694 Supervised
Practicum in Gifted Education (3). A course designed to provide field
experience so the teacher may apply principles and educational procedures
for teaching gifted students. Prerequisites: EDU 691 and either EDU 692
or EDU 655.
EDU 695 Multicultural
Gifted Education (3). This course is designed for teachers and counselors
to learn practical strategies bridging the fields of gifted education and
multicultural education. Theory and practice will be considered to enable
educators to help gifted students reach their full potential in multicultural
settings.
EDU 698 Thesis (3-6).
Repeatable
to six hours.
EDU 798 Specialty
Study (3). Selection of problem, collection of data, and interpretation
of data in preparation for writing a research paper. Second three hours
culminating in a research paper to be approved by the student's committee.
Repeatable to six hours.
Elementary
Education
(ELE)
ELE 505 Educational
Program for Kindergarten Children (3). A study of recent developments
in the education of young children, selection in the use of appropriate
activities, methods and materials for kindergarten. Prerequisite: ELE 404
or 604.
ELE 510 Poetry for
Children (3). An in-depth study of poetry written for children.
ELE 600 Teaching
Modern Mathematics (3). Designed to give elementary teachers depth
in modern mathematics. Students become familiar with current trends and
programs and develop competency in guiding children in developing
mathematical concepts.
ELE 601 Social Studies
in the Elementary School (3). An examination of the broad content of
the social studies and recent experimental programs which attempts to correlate
subject matter from the disciplines involved. Emphasis is placed on the
cultural background of the children, trends, problems, curriculum materials
and individualizing program.
ELE 602 Language
Arts: Current Issues and Research (3). A study of the current issues
and critiques of language arts in the elementary school from the standpoint
of research. New methods and materials are evaluated.
ELE 604 Advanced
Studies in Kindergarten (3). A study of the historical background of
the kindergarten. This course will emphasize the organization of physical
facilities for young children in developmentally appropriate environments.
This course will also focus on the study of developmental outcomes for
young children and study of parent-teacher partnership. Prerequisite: graduate
standing.
ELE 605 Introduction
Interdisciplinary Early Childhood Education (3). A course designed
for students entering the field of early intervention and educare services
for children birth to primary school and students preparing for Kentucky
Interdisciplinary Early Childhood Education (IECE) teacher licensure. It
addresses the philosophy of early childhood education, teacher performance,
professional development and licensure.
ELE 607 Early Childhood
Education (3). Designed to give teachers greater depth in understanding
the principles of early childhood education by exploring the development
of process and research substantiating current practice.
ELE 608 Science
in the Elementary School (3). A laboratory-centered course planned
for the development of skills in the design and evolution of experiences
for teaching science in the elementary school. Experiences dealing with
new elementary science curricula and current research are provided.
ELE 610 Student
Teaching in Early Childhood Education (4). Designed for people who
are interested in working with the kindergarten child. This course provides
opportunities to participate in all the work and duties of kindergarten
with supervision by the professional staff. Prerequisites: elementary certification,
ELE 505 and 604.
ELE 611 Elementary
School Organization for Instruction (3). An exploration of factors,
trends, issues and problems in organizing and implementing the curriculum
of the elementary school. There is emphasis on the alternatives in vertical
and horizontal organization and on the alternatives for staff utilization.
ELE 616 Readings
and Research in Children's Literature (3). An in-depth study of chosen
areas in children's literature with emphasis on books and articles about
children's books.
ELE 647 Curriculum
in the Elementary School (3). A study of the elementary school child
and programs which meet his/her needs. Consideration is given to curriculum
trends in the elementary school.
English
(ENG)
ENG 500 Chaucer
(3). A study of Chaucer's works and their historical and critical contexts.
ENG 501 Milton (3).
A study of Milton's works and their historical and critical contexts.
ENG 502 Early English
Literature (3). A critical and historical survey of English literature
before 1500, studied partly in translation.
ENG 504 Restoration
and Eighteenth-Century British Literature (3). A critical and historical
survey of British literature from 1660 to the end of the eighteenth century.
ENG 505 British
Romantic Literature (3). A critical and historical survey of British
literature of the Romantic Age.
ENG 508 Modern Fiction
(3). A critical and historical study of selected European and American
prose fiction from 1900 to the present.
ENG 509 Literary
Criticism (3). An historical survey of literary criticism, together
with some collateral reading of literature.
ENG 510 Applied
Linguistics for Second Language Teaching (3). An overview of the basic
concepts, scope, and methodology of the science of language in its historical
and descriptive aspects, including topics and issues in current linguistic
studies. Prerequisite: ENG 310. (Same as MLA/TSL 510.)
ENG 511 Non-Shakespearean
Elizabethan-Jacobean Drama (3). A study of selected plays of the period
and their historical and critical contexts.
ENG 512 Directed
Study (1-4). Directed independent study program, mutually developed
by student and instructor, leading to one or more papers or projects. May
be repeated for a maximum of six credits.
ENG 513 Major Authors
(3). A major literary figure (or two related figures) will be studied
in depth. This course may be repeated once for credit. Prerequisites: ENG
101, 102 and at least one survey of literature course.
ENG 520 Forms of
Poetry (3). Explores the question of poetic form from the point of
view of practitioners. A course in prosody and the historical development
of forms in English and American poetry, including rhymed verse forms,
the meters, syllabics, free verse, and prose poetry. Material for discussion
will include student poetry and outside texts. This is a capstone course
for English majors with an option in creative writing. Prerequisite: ENG
416 or consent of instructor.
ENG 521 Forms of
Fiction (3). A study of literary fiction from the writer's point of
view. Prerequisite: ENG 415 or consent of instructor.
ENG 524 Historical
Principles in Composition Theory (3). An historical survey of rhetorical
theories as they originate in the classical era, are reinterpreted by composition
theory and pedagogy, and are applied to contemporary writing and writing
instruction.
ENG 531 Introduction
to Linguistic Science (3). A study of the basic concepts, scope and
methodology of the science of language in its historical and descriptive
aspects. Not open to the student who has credit for ENG 310.
ENG 532 Approaches
to Modern English Grammar (3). A systematic study of the structure
of modern English, with attention to recent descriptions of its phonemic,
morphemic, and syntactical features. Prerequisite: ENG 310 or 531.
ENG 533 Language
and Culture (3). A study of the relationship among language, society,
and the individual's conception of reality. Prerequisite: three hours of
linguistics.
ENG 534 Shakespeare
(3). A study of selected Shakespearean works and their historical and
critical contexts.
ENG 535 Sixteenth-Century
British Literature (3). A survey of non-dramatic British literature
from 1500 to 1600, with attention to historical and critical contexts.
ENG 536 Seventeenth-Century
British Literature (3). A survey of non-dramatic British literature
from 1600-1667, with attention to historical and critical contexts.
ENG 537 British
Poetry and Non-Fictional Prose, 1832 to 1900 (3). A survey of selected
works of the period and their historical and critical contexts.
ENG 538 British
Fiction, 1832 to 1900 (3). A survey of selected works of the period
and their historical and critical contexts.
ENG 539 Modern British
Literature (3). A critical and historical survey of selected works
from 1900 to the present.
ENG 541 American
Literature, 1607 to 1820 (3). A survey of selected works of the period
and their historical and critical contexts.
ENG 542 American
Literature, 1820 to 1870 (3). A survey of selected works of the period
and their historical and critical contexts.
ENG 543 American
Literature, 1870 to 1920 (3). A survey of selected works of the period
and their historical and critical contexts.
ENG 544 American
Literature, 1920 to the Present (3). A survey of selected works of
the period and their historical and critical contexts.
ENG 545 Studies
in Southern Literature (3). A survey of southern literature and its
historical and critical contexts.
ENG 546 Survey of
the American Novel to 1900 (3). A study of the American novel from
its beginnings to 1900, with attention to historical and critical contexts.
ENG 547 Topics in
African-American Literature (3). A study of selected works of African-American
literature and their historical and critical contexts.
ENG 548 Proseminar
in Literature (3). A study of selected topics in literature in English;
may be repeated for credit.
ENG 550 Modern Drama
(3). A study of selected European and American plays, with attention
to literary backgrounds and technical experimentation.
ENG 560 Advanced
Creative Writing: Fiction (3). Critical discussion of original student
writing. Individual conferences and reading assignments in contemporary
literature are included. Prerequisite: ENG 415 or consent of instructor.
May be repeated for credit.
ENG 561 Advanced
Creative Writing: Poetry (3). Critical discussion of student work,
from impulse to final draft. Other topics include the relationships between
vision and craft; language and experience; image and idea. Reading assignments
in contemporary poetry will help to establish criteria for good work. Prerequisites:
ENG 416 or consent of instructor. May be repeated for credit.
ENG 571 Documentation
Project Management and Standards (3). Techniques and practices for
handling documentation projects. Students will learn to manage the work
of multiple authors and reviewers, implement successful consulting practices,
plan and schedule projects, design style sheets, and create version control
systems. The course also covers the dynamics of managing documentation
for the implementation of international standards such as ISO 9001. Prerequisites:
ENG 324 or 325, or permission of instructor.
ENG 572 Writing
Training Materials (3). An overview of the pedagogy and procedures
used to create training materials for business, industry, and government.
Prerequisites: ENG 324 or 325, or permission of instructor.
ENG 573 Writing
Proposals and Grants (3). Techniques and practices for writing proposals
and grant proposals. The course will help students learn and practice the
rhetorical and persuasive skills necessary to plan and create successful
proposals. Prerequisites: ENG 324 or 325, or permission of instructor.
ENG 574 Writing
Manuals, Instructions, and Procedures (3). An overview of the principles,
conventions, and technologies used to write instructions, manuals, and
procedures for business, industry, and government. The course will examine
and practice methods for creating instructions and procedures (geared toward
processes) and manuals (geared toward products). Prerequisites: ENG 324
or 325, or permission of the instructor.
ENG 575 Advanced
Technical Writing (3). Advanced topics and projects in technical writing,
focusing on direct application to business and industry. This course serves
as the capstone for the Professional Writing major, Technical Writing minor,
and Technical Writing Certificate programs. Prerequisites: at least two
500-level courses from the following: ENG 571, 572, 573, 574.
ENG 580 Approaches
to the Writing Process (3). A consideration of the writing process
and its implications for teaching writing to students at all levels.
ENG 581 Special
Topics in Rhetoric and Composition (3). An examination of contemporary
and traditional issues and concerns in the study of rhetoric and composition.
The course usually will focus upon an announced topic but will allow students
to explore matters of individual concern. May be repeated for credit.
ENG 590 Practicum
in Instructional Techniques for Developmental English (3). Practical
experience in tutoring individuals and small groups in a writing laboratory.
Prerequisites: senior or graduate standing and consent of instructor.
ENG 600 Research
and Bibliography (3). An introduction to principles of research and
bibliography as a preparation for further graduate study in English.
ENG 601 Teaching
Writing in Schools (3). A workshop course emphasizing principles and
practices of effective writing instruction. This course is designed for
middle and high school classroom teachers. Prerequisite: teaching position.
ENG 602 Teaching
Literature in Schools (3). A workshop course emphasizing principles
and practices of effective literature instruction. This course is designed
for practicing middle and high school classroom teachers. Prerequisite:
teaching position.
ENG 603 Teaching
English Language Arts in Schools (3). A seminar course emphasizing
principles and practices of effective English Language Arts instruction.
This class is intended as a capstone course for practicing middle and high
school classroom teachers. Prerequisites: teaching position; ENG 600, 601,
and 602 or permission of the graduate coordinator.
ENG 604 Purchase
Area Writing Project I (3). An intensive workshop course emphasizing
principles and practices of effective writing instruction. Designed for
practicing classroom teachers. This course is to be taken in conjunction
with ENG 605. Prerequisites: K-12 teaching position; application and interview.
ENG 605 Purchase
Area Writing Project II (3). Follow-up activities to the Purchase Area
Writing Project Summer Institute. Designed for practicing classroom teachers.
This course is to be taken in conjunction with ENG 604. Prerequisites:
K-12 teaching position; application and interview.
ENG 609 Contemporary
Critical Theory (3). An intensive study of recent critical practices
and theoretical approaches to understanding literature.
ENG 610 Graduate
Writer's Workshop (3). Supervised independent work in creative writing.
May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
ENG 612 Directed
Study (3). Supervised independent work in literature, language or writing.
Prerequisite: permission of department chair. May be repeated for credit.
ENG 614 Special
Topics in English Studies (3). An intensive examination of issues in
the study and/or teaching of English. May be repeated for credit.
ENG 615 Topics in
Women's Literature (3). Topics in literature written by selected women
writers. May be repeated once for credit.
ENG 616 Seminar
in Critical Theory (3). A seminar focusing on important issues in critical
theory.
ENG 621 Colonial
and Federal American Literature (3). An intensive study of selected
works from 1607-1800 and their historical and critical contexts.
ENG 623 American
Literature, 1800 to 1870 (3). An intensive study of selected works
of the period and their historical and critical contexts.
ENG 631 American
Literature, 1870 to 1920 (3). An intensive study of selected works
of the period and their historical and critical contexts.
ENG 633 American
Fiction since 1920 (3). An intensive study of selected works of the
period and their historical and critical contexts.
ENG 635 Twentieth-Century
American Poetry (3). An intensive study of selected works of the period
and their historical and critical contexts.
ENG 641 Old English
Language and Literature (3). An intensive study of selected works from
the Old English period (c. 449-1100) and their historical and critical
contexts.
ENG 643 Middle English
Language and Literature (3). An intensive study of selected works from
the Middle English period (c. 1100-1500) and their historical and critical
contexts.
ENG 644 Graduate
Cooperative Education (3). May be repeated for a maximum of six credits.
Graded pass/fail. Prerequisite: permission of chair.
ENG 645 Non-Dramatic
English Renaissance Literature (3). An intensive study of selected
works of the period and their historical and critical contexts.
ENG 647 Shakespeare
(3). An intensive study of selected Shakespearean works and their historical
and critical contexts.
ENG 649 Seventeenth-Century
British Literature (3). An intensive study of selected works of the
period and their historical and critical contexts.
ENG 652 Restoration
and Eighteenth-Century British Literature (3). An intensive study of
selected works of the period and their historical and critical contexts.
ENG 654 Eighteenth-Century
British Novel (3). An intensive study of selected novels of the period
and their historical and critical contexts.
ENG 655 The British
Romantic Movement (3). An intensive study of selected works of the
period and their historical and critical contexts.
ENG 656 Nineteenth-Century
British Novel (3). An intensive study of selected novels of the period
and their historical and critical contexts.
ENG 657 Victorian
Literature (3). An intensive study of selected works of the period
and their historical and critical contexts.
ENG 659 Modern English
Literature (3). An intensive study of selected works from 1900 to the
present and their historical and critical contexts.
ENG 661 Graduate
Fiction Tutorial (6). An advanced tutorial in fiction writing, in which
the student works one-on-one with M.F.A program faculty via U.S. mail and/or
on-line communication to produce a body of original writing. The tutorial
will include a directed reading relevant to the student's individual project.
May be repeated for credit. Only one tutorial per semester. Prerequisite:
admittance into the program or permission of the instructor and program
director.
ENG 662 Graduate
Poetry Tutorial (6). An advanced tutorial in poetry, in which the student
works one-on-one with M.F.A. program faculty via U.S. mail and/or on-line
communication to produce a body of original poetry. The tutorial will include
a directed reading relevant to the student's individual project. May be
repeated for credit. Only one tutorial per semester. Prerequisite: admittance
into the program or permission of the instructor and program director.
ENG 663 Graduate
Creative Non-Fiction Tutorial (6). An advanced tutorial in creative
nonfiction writing, in which the student works one-on-one with M.F.A. program
faculty via U.S. mail and/or on-line communication to produce a body of
original writing. The tutorial will include a directed reading relevant
to the student's individual project. May be repeated for credit. Only one
tutorial per semester. Prerequisite: admittance into the program or permission
of the instructor and program director.
ENG 664 Graduate
Field Study (3). Each student, with the assistance of M.F.A. Program
faculty, will set up a field study in writing. For suggestions of what
this can entail you should consult with your advisor. Prerequisites: Students
will have completed two semesters of the M.F.A. program before receiving
credit for the Field Study.
ENG 665 Graduate
Residency in Fiction (3). The residency experience will comprise workshops,
daily seminars, and readings by faculty members and visiting writers. This
course may be repeated for credit, but only one Graduate Residency may
be completed per semester. Prerequisites: admittance into the program or
permission by the program director.
ENG 666 Graduate
Residency in Poetry (3). The residency experience will comprise workshops,
daily seminars, and readings by faculty members and visiting writers. This
course may be repeated for credit, but only one Graduate Residency may
be completed per semester. Prerequisites: admittance into the program or
permission by the program director.
ENG 667 Graduate
Residency in Creative Non-Fiction (3). The residency experience will
comprise workshops, daily seminars, and readings by faculty members and
visiting writers. This course may be repeated for credit, but only one
Graduate Residency may be completed per semester. Prerequisites: admittance
into the program or permission by the program director.
ENG 668 Graduate
Creative Thesis (6). An advanced tutorial in fiction, poetry, or creative
nonfiction, in which the student works one-on-one with M.F.A Program faculty
to revise a body of original writing produced in previous graduate tutorials.
Prerequisites: Three sections of ENG 661, ENG 662, and/or ENG 663. (Student
must have completed at least two sections in genre of thesis.)
ENG 682 Language
Theory (3). An intensive study of the concepts, process, and limitations
of language as a social agent.
ENG 685 Teaching
English at the College Level (3). A study of various theoretical approaches
to teaching composition and literature; will also include practical applications.
ENG 698 Thesis Writing
(3).
ENG 699 Thesis Writing
(3).
Engineering
Technology
(ENT)
ENT 693 Teamwork
and the Management of Technology (3). A study of how teamwork is used
to effectively increase productivity, quality and profits simultaneously
in a manufacturing environment. Analysis of historical and current literature
shows the evolution from Scientific Management to TQM and ISO-9000 and
the advantages of team problem-solving for complex design/production problems.
The fundamentals for an effective teamwork environment are developed through
a wide variety of books and articles. Methods for the implementation of
a teamwork system are presented, discussed and evaluated.
Electrical
and Telecommunications Engineering
(ETE)
ETE 510 Computer Design
(3). Review of logic design and elementary computer organization. Asynchronous
and synchronous logic design using VHDL and programmable logic. Design
of the central processing unit, memory, control, and input-output portions
of a computer. The VHDL hardware design language will be used. Three hours
lecture per week. Cannot be taken for graduate credit. Prerequisite: ETE
366, ETE 378. Corequisite: ETE 511.
ETE 511 Computer Design
Laboratory (1). Laboratory to accompany ETE 510 Cannot be taken for
graduate credit. Prerequisite: ETE 366, ETE 378. Corequisite: ETE 510.
ETE 520 Digital Signal
Processing (3). Discrete-time signals and systems; Sampling and aliasing;
Discrete Fourier Transform; Z-Transforms; FIR and IIR filter design techniques;
Current applications of digital signal processing. Cannot be taken for
graduate credit. Three hours lecture per week. Prerequisite: PHY 264 (formerly
PHY 364) or equivalent.
ETE 542 Physical Electronics
(3). Semiconductor fundamentals, energy bands, carrier transport theory,
continuity equations, PN junction diodes, Zener diodes, Schottky Barrier
diodes, metal-semiconductor contacts, bipolar junction transistors, MOS
capacitors, field effect transistors, and microelectronic fabrication.
Cannot be taken for graduate credit. Three hours lecture per week. Prerequisite:
PHY 370.
ETE 550 Communications
and Modulation (3). Modulations such as AM, FM, PAM, PPM, PDM, single
sideband, vestigial sideband. Coherent and non-coherent detection, heterodyne
action, performance and distortion, circuits for modulating and demodulating.
Cannot be taken for graduate credit. Three hours lecture per week. Prerequisite:
ETE 420. Corequisite: ETE 551.
ETE 551 Communications
and Modulation Laboratory (1). Laboratory to ETE 550. Prerequisite:
ETE 420. Corequisite: ETE 550.
Exercise
Science
(EXS)
EXS 520 (PHE 520)
Leisure and Aging (3). Introduction to the physiological, sexual and
recreational aspects of aging in American society; exploration of the role
of recreation with the aging; emphasis on planning leisure programs with
the elderly. Students taking this course for graduate credit will be required
to do additional work. (Same as GTY/HEA/REC 520.)
EXS 540 (PHE 540)
Applied Sport and Exercise Psychology (3). This course is designed
to introduce the student to applied principles of sport and exercise psychology.
The class consists of approximately half the semester hours spent in a
supervised sport/exercise camp or wellness/rehabilitation setting. Prerequisites:
EXS 485 or 660, or have the permission of the instructor.
EXS 609 (HEA 609)
Evaluation in Exercise and Leisure Studies (3). This course is designed
to give students a basic knowledge in descriptive and inferential statistics
commonly used in exercise science and recreation/leisure research. Statistical
procedures covered include correlation and linear regression, t-test, analysis
of variance (ANOVA), and two-way ANOVA. Emphasis is placed on understanding
and using a statistical package through computer analysis. Recommended
prerequisite: EXS 400. (Same as REC 609.)
EXS 610 (PHE 610)
Sociology of Sport and Exercise (3). A critical study of the sociological
factors affecting sport, performance, and exercise. Students will learn
about the social, cultural, environmental and racial dynamics involved
in sport and exercise. This course will also study the effects sport and
exercise have on the social structure of society. (Same as REC 610).
EXS 625 (PHE 625)
Advanced Concepts in Human Performance (3). This course will investigate
current topics applicable to the field of Exercise Science. Recent research
articles on subjects including, but not limited to nutrition, rehabilitation,
health promotion, exercise physiology and sport medicine will be addressed.
EXS 630 (HEA 630)
Special Topics (3). Seminar for graduate students relating to a current
topic in the fields of exercise science and recreation/leisure studies.
May be repeated once for credit. (Same as REC 630.)
EXS 640 (HEA 640)
Techniques of Research in Exercise and Leisure Studies (3). This course
is designed to familiarize the student with the various procedures involved
in conducting different types of research common in exercise science and
recreation/leisure studies. This class builds on previously learned techniques
in EXS/REC 609. Students are guided through the process of performing research
from the design stage through writing of the research report. Prerequisite:
EXS 609 or consent of instructor. (Same as REC 640.)
EXS 650 (HEA 650)
Seminar in Exercise and Leisure Studies (1). (Same as REC 650.)
EXS 660 (PHE 660)
Advanced Sport and Exercise Psychology (3). An advanced study of behavior
as it relates to sport and exercise. The course will include examination
of applied sport psychology intervention programs, assessment techniques
of sport and exercise behavior, and psychological skills training programs.
EXS 665 (PHE 665)
Biomechanical Analysis of Sport (3). A course designed to analyze sport
and physical activity from a biomechanical perspective.
EXS 680 (HEA 680)
Independent Study in Sport and Exercise Psychology (1-3). Prerequisite:
permission of the chair of the department or departmental graduate coordinator.
EXS 698 (HEA 698)
Thesis (3).
EXS 699 (HEA 699)
Thesis (3).
Family
and Consumer Studies
(FCS)
FCS 501 Problems
in Family and Consumer Studies (1-3). This course is designed to permit
special study in selected areas of family and consumer studies. May be
repeated for a maximum of six credits.
FCS 507 Internship
in Early Childhood Programs (3). Demonstration by students in assuming
different professional roles in a nursery school, day care center, or Head
Start Program, or other early childhood programs. Practicum supervision
in an early childhood program.
FCS 511 Readings
in Family and Consumer Studies Topics (1-3). Directed readings of individualized
professional family and consumer studies topics. Critique of readings and
oral presentation.
FCS 520 Human Relations
in Child Studies Programs (3). Study of ways to improve human relationships
in early childhood programs. Appraising materials and procedures for promoting
better home-school relations. Three lecture hours per week.
FCS 522 Workshop
in Child Studies (2-3). Study of topical content in a workshop setting.
FCS 525 Advanced
Child Development Programs (3). In-depth study of theories of child
development and an examination of current problems and critical issues.
Lecture, three hours.
FCS 527 Parenting
(3). Principles and theoretical perspectives on the act of parenting.
Emphasis on parent-child relationships, establishing and maintaining a
nurturing relationship between parents and children, and parent-child communication.
Current issues affecting parenting are also studied. Lecture, three hours.
FCS 536 Research
Procedures for Family and Consumer Studies (3). A study of quantitative
and qualitative research procedures and techniques utilized in family and
consumer science professional practice. Reviewing literature, selecting
and formulating a research problem, planning methodology, interpreting
data, and making conclusions concerning research are studied.
FCS 561 (461) Methods
of Teaching Family and Consumer Sciences (3). Analysis of learning
styles and principles, exploration and practice of techniques in planning
and presenting family and consumer science content. Laboratory experiences
included.
FCS 614 Family Relations
and Child Development (3). Problems of the modern family which influence
our present-day living; analysis of recent research findings and their
implications for family living.
Finance
(FIN)
FIN 505 Internship
in Finance (1-3). Open to junior and senior finance majors. These students,
upon approval of the finance faculty, are placed with cooperating firms
to receive on-the-job training in finance. Work experience supervised by
faculty; written reports are required. Graded pass/fail. Prerequisite:
permission of department chair.
FIN 520 Risk Management
(3). A communications course for the finance discipline. It is a study
of appropriate risk management techniques for the contemporary financial
and non-financial corporation. Prerequisite: FIN 330.
FIN 522 Portfolio
Management and Theory (3). An introduction to portfolio management.
Emphasis on modern techniques of security selection which are directed
toward risk diversification and portfolio balance. Students manage simulated
portfolio by basing buy/sell decisions on current market data. Computer
programs are used in the portfolio selection and evaluation process. Prerequisite:
FIN 330.
FIN 533 Security
Analysis (3). A study of the stock and bond markets using a pragmatic
approach. Evaluation methods, economic relationships and market strategies
are emphasized. A "hands-on" type of class. Prerequisite: FIN 333 with
a minimum grade of C.
FIN 534 Life Insurance
(3). A study of the nature and functions of life insurance, with particular
attention to policy forms and provisions, reserve and investment problems,
company organization, legal aspects, taxation and the application of life
insurance to personal and business needs. Prerequisite: FIN 331 with a
minimum grade of C.
FIN 535 Property
and Casualty Insurance (3). A study of the nature and functions of
property and casualty insurance. Special attention is given to the services
performed, contracts and benefits of fire and automobile insurance. Prerequisite:
FIN 331 with a minimum grade of C.
FIN 537 Commercial
Banking (3). Problems of commercial banking from the point of view
of bank management are studied. Topics covered are asset reserves, credit
analysis, investment policies, equity reserves and capital account. Prerequisite:
FIN 330.
FIN 595 Special
Problems (1-3). Research by students in fields of special interest.
Includes project research studies and intensive reading programs, accompanied
by conferences with professors in fields involved. Prerequisite: consent
of instructor.
FIN 602 Corporate
Finance (3). Theoretical and procedural analysis of the finance function
of the firm with specific emphasis on maximizing the value of the firm
for its shareholders. Financial decision-making integrated with the theory
of capital markets. Particular attention is given to the areas of investment,
capital structure, dividend policy and working capital management. Prerequisite:
FIN 330 with a minimum grade of C.
FIN 612 (532) Capital
Investment Analysis (3). An in-depth examination of long-term investment
and financing decisions. The material to be covered will include financial
analysis and forecasting, the theories and techniques employed in capital
investment analyses and capital structure decisions, and the sources and
uses of long-term financing. Prerequisite: FIN 330 or equivalent.
FIN 621 Financial
Models (3). Applications of financial models on the microcomputer,
leading to the solution of financial problems. Emphasis is placed on (1)
building and using models developed in electronic worksheets, and (2) construction
of financial systems using database software. Prerequisite: FIN 330 or
equivalent.
FIN 632 Investment
Management (3). Study and analysis of financial investments. Emphasis
is upon analysis of common stock and bonds with lesser emphasis on derivative
securities and real estate as potential investments. Not available to students
who have taken FIN 533. Prerequisite: FIN 330 with a minimum grade of C.
FIN 633 Analytical
Methods in Finance (3). Practical analysis of financial problems in
case-oriented format. Financial models will be used to place the data in
analytical form to aid the analysis. Emphasis will be placed upon developing
logical approaches and methods for problem-solving. Prerequisite: FIN 330
with a minimum grade of C, FIN 602, or consent of instructor.
FIN 634 Financial
Markets and Institutions (3). A global perspective of the operation
and functions of financial institutions and markets. Major subject areas
include various financial markets, financial institutions, regulations,
ethics, and future trends. Prerequisite: FIN 602 or equivalent.
FIN 644 Graduate
Cooperative Education (3). May be repeated for a maximum of six credits.
Cannot be used to meet M.B.A., M.P.A. or M.S. degree requirements. Graded
pass/fail. Prerequisite: permission of chair.
FIN 650 Derivative
Securities (3). A study in the understanding of current derivative
securities and the markets in which they are traded; the design and testing
of innovative derivative securities. Prerequisite: FIN 330 or equivalent
and MAT 220 or equivalent.
FIN 661 International
Financial Management (3). Applies theories of managerial and international
finance to the problems of international financial management. Topics include
investment analysis, financing decisions, identifying, measuring and managing
foreign exchange and interest rate risk, financing of trade, and financial
control of international operations. Prerequisite: FIN 330.
FIN 695 Special
Problems (1-3). Research by graduate students in fields of special
interests. Includes project research studies and intensive reading programs,
accompanied by conferences with professors in field involved. Prerequisites:
12 hours of graduate credit in business and consent of instructor.
FIN 698 Thesis (3).
FIN 699 Thesis (3).
French
(FRE)
FRE 501 Middle Ages
Literature (3). A study of representative works of French literature
dating from 1095 to 1600. Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
FRE 503 Seventeenth-
and Eighteenth-Century Literature (3). A study of representative literary
works from the period 1600 to 1795. Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
FRE 505 Nineteenth-Century
Literature (3). A study of representative literary works published
between 1800 and 1899. Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
FRE 507 Twentieth-Century
Literature (3). A study of representative literary works published
since 1900.
FRE 521 Topics in
French Literature (3). Course content at the discretion of the instructor.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
FRE 531 Advanced
Grammar (3). A comparative study of the grammatical structures of French
and English. Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
FRE 532 Phonetics
(3). Introduction to linguistic terminology and principles of phonology
with intensive individual diagnosis and practice of the French phonological
system. Includes study and practice of the International Phonetic Alphabet.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
FRE 551 Directed
Study I (1-3). Independent work in areas of language, culture or literature,
designed to meet needs and interests of individual students.
FRE 552 Directed
Study II (1-3).
FRE 555 Study Abroad
(3-9). Approved programs of travel and study in French-speaking countries.
Graphic
Communications Management
(GCM)
GCM 552 Survey of
Graphic Communication Management (3). Exploratory experiences in graphic
communications management for those with no prior experience in the field.
Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: senior standing or consent of chair.
GCM 554 Printing
Production and Manufacturing Management (3). Reviews the current practice
and theoretical approaches of printing manufacturing; forecasting, quality
control, purchasing and finance, equipment selection, plant layout, environmental,
and human relations considerations. Prerequisite: nine hours of GCM.
GCM 556 Communications
Sales Management (3). Methods and techniques essential to sales and
marketing. Includes sales and marketing processes, qualities of sales personnel,
submitting proposals, assessing the competition, customer relations, developing
new clients, and servicing accounts. Prerequisite: nine hours of GCM or
consent of instructor.
GCM 558 Trends in
Graphic Communication (3). A study of management trends, technical
advances, and problems as they pertain to the future of the communications
industry. The course will include report writing, verbal presentations
and a field experience. Prerequisite: senior standing or consent of instructor.
GCM 560 Plant Equipment
Layout and Purchasing (3). Procedures for planning, equipment and printing
plant operation are studied, as well as purchasing supplies, understanding
local, state and federal codes, and environmental regulations. Prerequisite:
nine hours of GCM.
GCM 570 Practicum
I (4). Cooperative work experience in the printing industry. Recommended
for summer between sophomore and junior years. Prerequisite: consent of
instructor.
GCM 571 Problems
in Technology (3). Individual study and research pertaining to special
problems in graphic arts technology. Prerequisite: approval of problem
before registering for the course.
GCM 572 Practicum
II (4). Cooperative work experience in the printing industry. Recommended
for summer between junior and senior years. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
GCM 578 Workshop
in Technology (3). Workshops on topics pertinent to graphic arts or
printing management. May be repeated for additional credit.
GCM 644 Graduate
Cooperative Education (3). May be repeated to a maximum of six credits.
Graded pass/fail. Prerequisite: permission of chair.
GCM 651 Advanced
Printing Press Operation (3). Includes all aspects of printing production
using any of the conventional press systems. Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite:
GCM 151.
GCM 697 Research
in Technology (3). Independent study under the guidance of a supervising
faculty member in a problem related to industry and technology as selected
by the student.
GCM 698 Thesis (3).
GCM 699 Thesis (3).
German
(GER)
GER 501 Literature
Before 1600 (3). A study of major works chosen to present prominent
themes and important literary developments within the period. Prerequisite:
junior standing or above.
GER 503 Seventeenth-
and Eighteenth-Century Literature (3). A study of major works chosen
to present prominent themes and important literary developments within
the period. Representative authors such as Goethe, Schiller, Novalis, and
Kleist will be treated. Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
GER 505 Nineteenth-Century
German Literature (3). A study of literary developments during the
era of the industrial revolution and political reform in Germany. Works
by Buchner, Heine, and representative authors of Poetic Realism and Naturalism
will be treated, with secondary emphasis placed on the emergence of the
Biedermeier
tradition.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
GER 507 Twentieth-Century
Literature (3). A study of the literature and the policies affecting
literature during the Weimar Republic, the Third Reich, Post-War Literature,
and the Gruppe 47, and contemporary developments. Prerequisite:
junior standing or above.
GER 521 Topics in
German Literature (3). An in-depth course treating a topic in German
literature. Selected according to the needs and interests of the students.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
GER 531 Advanced
Grammar (3). A specialized study contrasting German and English grammatical
structures and usage. Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
GER 532 Phonetics
(3). Contrastive study of German and English phonology, with individual
practice designed to improve pronunciation. Prerequisite: junior standing
or above.
GER 551 Directed
Study I (1-3). Independent work in areas of language, culture, or literature,
designed to meet needs and interests of individual students. Prerequisite:
junior standing or above.
GER 552 Directed
Study II (1-3). Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
GER 555 Study Abroad
(3-9). Credit given for approved projects of study in a German-speaking
country. Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
Geosciences
(GSC)
GSC 500 Recreation
Geography and Planning (3). Practical application of problem-solving
techniques and processes to recreational management and planning. Focus
placed on site planning and development. (Same as PLN 500.)
GSC 507 Land Use
Planning (3). Analyze the principles and techniques utilized in the
planning process. Emphasis is placed on the practical aspects of planning:
needs, problems and proposed solutions. (Same as PLN 507.)
GSC 510 Geophysics
(3). Practical aspects of applied and environmental geophysics including
gravity, magnetics, electricity, electromagnetic theory and practice. Prerequisite:
MAT 150 or equivalent.
GSC 512 Introduction
to Remote Sensing (4). Emphasis will be placed upon the fundamentals
of image interpretation using a wide variety of image types both airborne
and spaceborne. The application of remotely sensed data and techniques
in many areas such as geoscience, agriculture, forestry and planning will
be emphasized. Three hours lecture and two hours of laboratory per week.
GSC 513 Photogeology
(3). The application of remote sensing technology in the field of geology.
Major area of concentration will be the manual interpretation of black
and white imagery. Also included will be other imagery types, sensors and
digital image processing. Prerequisite: GSC 336 or equivalent or consent
of instructor.
GSC 515 Geochemistry
(3). The chemistry of the geologic environment including the distribution
of chemical elements in the earth and natural waters, the nature and causes
of chemical processes, and the application of chemical laws, methods and
data to the solution of geologic problems. Emphasis is on the low-temperature
geochemistry as it pertains to sedimentation, weathering and groundwater
quality.
GSC 520 Geography
of Kentucky (3). A survey of the topography, soils, climate, industries,
commerce and population in Kentucky with emphasis upon the interrelationships
between these various phenomena.
GSC 521 Geographic
Information Systems (3). Techniques course that introduces digital
georeferenced information systems, including data capture, editing and
encoding techniques, data storage structures, database management systems,
data analysis and model development, and information display methods. (Same
as PLN 521.)
GSC 522 Digital
Cartography (3). The map as a communication system. Special individual
projects dealing with cartographic design and the preparation of maps for
publications. Practical experience with computer mapping of spatial data.
Prerequisite: GSC 422, or equivalent, or consent of instructor.
GSC 523 Problems
in Urban Geography and Urban Planning (3). Theories, techniques and
research in urban geography and planning. Focus placed on the designs and
strategies addressing present-day urban problems. (Same as PLN 523.)
GSC 524 Conservation
and Environmental Geosciences (3). Course will study human population
growth and associated resource requirements considering the physical makeup
and history of the earth. Natural resource inventory, protection of the
environment, geologic hazards and other conservation related topics will
be discussed. Use of Geographic Information Systems (GIS) will be emphasized.
GSC 528 History
and Philosophy of Geosciences (3). The development of knowledge in
the geosciences and the status of the profession as expressed in the writings
of the past and present by geoscientists and other individuals in related
fields. Emphasis will be placed upon current trends in the geosciences.
GSC 530 Crystallography
and Optical Mineralogy (4). Crystallography, crystal chemistry, optical
theory and technique. Identification of the common rock-forming minerals
by indices of refraction and other optical properties. Three lectures and
two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: GSC 102 or equivalent.
GSC 531 Geology
for Teachers (3). An introduction of the materials of the earth's surface
and the geologic processes that modify them to form the landscape. Megascopic
identification of rock-forming minerals, economic mineral, and igneous,
metamorphic and sedimentary rocks.
GSC 532 Igneous
and Metamorphic Petrology (4). Detailed study of igneous and metamorphic
rocks and the processes by which they form. Prerequisites: GSC 530, CHE
105 or CHE 121.
GSC 533 Paleoecology
(3). The study of the formation of the first ecologies with the origin
of life on earth, and the continuing changes in the earth's ecologies through
time. Classic paleoecological communities are examined, including Precambrian,
Ordovician, Cretaceous and Pleistocene ecosystems. Specific attention paid
to the interaction and co-evolution of the organic and inorganic environments.
Prerequisites: GSC 101, BIO 101, or equivalent.
GSC 534 Invertebrate
Paleontology (4). The classification, morphology and paleontological
significance of fossil invertebrates. Three lectures and two hours of laboratory
per week. Prerequisite: GSC 102 or equivalent.
GSC 535 Watershed
Ecology (3). The study of the movement of water through the environment
and its relationship to biotic systems. Areas emphasized include the hydrologic
cycle and its influence on groundwater, lotic and lentic systems; the effect
of water on plant and animal communities; and the influence of human activity
on watershed structure and function. Prerequisite: BIO 330 or consent of
instructor. (Same as BIO 535.)
GSC 537 Stratigraphy
and Sedimentary Petrology (4). A course to focus on sedimentary petrology
and stratigraphy pertaining to environmental modeling, an essential component
in the field of petroleum geology. Three lectures and two hours of laboratory
per week. Prerequisites: GSC 102 or equivalent.
GSC 538 Structural
Geology (3). An introductory course in genetic and descriptive aspects
of the deformational features of the earth. Two lectures and two hours
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: GSC 102 or equivalent.
GSC 550 Well-Log
Analysis (3). Open hole well-logging theory and techniques as applied
to quantitative analysis of lithology, porosity, permeability and fluid
content of subsurface formations. Prerequisite: GSC 102 or consent of instructor.
GSC 560 Hydrogeology
(3). Knowledge and experience in the use of hydrologic and erosion
models. State-of-the-art surface water, ground water and erosion models
will be studied, along with hands-on training in the use of digital computers
for applying these models to real-world geological situations. Prerequisite:
MAT 150 or equivalent or consent of instructor.
GSC 561 Precision
GIS/GPS Applications (1-3). An introduction to Geographic Information
Systems (GIS) and Global Positioning System (GPS) applications in natural
resources, business and land management. The course is divided into three
distinct parts: 1)Introduction to GIS/GPS applications, 2)Business applications,
and 3) Precision land management applications. Students must take the introduction
phase before continuing with the other two parts. Variable credit hours:
1 credit for Part 1, 2 credits for Part 1 and 2 or 1 and 3, or 3 credits
for Parts 1, 2, and 3. Course may be repeated for a maximum of three credit
hours.
GSC 565 Biogeochemistry
(3). Survey and discussion of the scientific literature on global cycles
of carbon, nitrogen, phosphorus and man-made chemicals with special emphasis
on the biogeochemical and ecological processes that affect terrestrial
and aquatic ecosystems. The course will focus on interdisciplinary themes
that incorporate new research results form the fields of biology, chemistry,
and geosciences. Prerequisite: junior or higher standing in biology, chemistry
or geosciences. (Same as BIO/CHE 565.)
GSC 570 Computer
Applications in Geosciences (3). Introduction to the use of computers
in geoscientific problem-solving and data processing. Students will utilize
existing programs and will develop original routines. Prerequisites: GSC
532 and 538 or GSC 521 or GSC 522, and one of the following: CSC 136, 145
or 235.
GSC 575 Field Vertebrate
Paleontology (4). The study of vertebrate fossils in both field and
lab, including collection, processing and identification. Field work may
include trips throughout the continental United States and occasionally
overseas. (Usually taught during summer.) Prerequisites: completion of
two semesters of undergraduate laboratory science and upper-class or graduate
standing. (Same as BIO 575.)
GSC 580 Advanced
Geographic Information Systems (3). A project-based course for students
seeking greater understanding of GIS theory, technology, and applications.
Students will apply GIS to their research interests and gain hands-on experience
through using ArcGIS software package. By the end of the class, students
will be able to identify the appropriate methods for solving particular
research problems, be familiar with current research directions in spatial
analysis, and demonstrate their ability to complete a research project.
Prerequisite: GSC 521 or consent of instructor.
GSC 591 Special
Problems (1). This course is designed for students who have an aptitude
for research in the area of geosciences. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
(May be repeated one time.)
GSC 592 Special
Problems (2). This course is designed for students who have an aptitude
for research in the area of geosciences. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
(May be repeated one time.)
GSC 593 Special
Problems (3). This course is designed for students who have an aptitude
for research in the area of geosciences. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
(May be repeated one time.)
GSC 601 Seminar
in Industrial Geography (3).
GSC 605 Seminar
in Urban Geography and Urban Planning (3). (Same as PLN 605.)
GSC 609 Seminar
in Climatology (3).
GSC 611 Seminar
in Physiography (3).
GSC 613 Seminar
in Agricultural Geography (3).
GSC 619 Seminar
in Research Techniques (3). Introduces graduate students to the methods
and techniques of research in geosciences. Focus is on utilizing modern
techniques of problem-solving employing database management systems, digital
image processing/remote sensing, geographic information systems, global
positioning systems, computer mapping and programming language.
GSC 620 Seminar
in Regional Concept in Geography and Planning (3). (Same as PLN 620).
GSC 621 Seminar
in Regional Geography of Anglo-America (3).
GSC 623 Seminar
in Regional Geography of Europe (3).
GSC 625 Seminar
in Regional Geography of Asia (3).
GSC 627 Seminar
in Population Geography (3).
GSC 640 Advanced
Remote Sensing (3). The principles associated with the digital processing
of remotely sensed imagery. Image enhancement techniques, quantitative
accuracy evaluation, unsupervised and supervised, will be stressed. Prerequisite:
GSC 512 or equivalent or consent of instructor.
GSC 641 Digital
Image Processing Research (3). Application of digital image processing
to remotely sensed and other diverse data; hands-on experience using PC
and UNIX-based image processing software, such as ENVI and ERDAS Imagine;
data conversions and other processing; simple to complex algorithm development/application
using a programming language and/or an image processing software. Prerequisite:
GSC 640 or equivalent or consent of instructor.
GSC 644 Graduate
Cooperative Education (3). May be repeated to a maximum of six credits.
Graded pass/fail.
GSC 660 Spatial
Analysis Techniques (3). Introduces students to spatial analysis and
spatial statistical techniques. "Hands-on" experience with software packages
and associated algorithms is emphasized. Prerequisites: GSC 640 and CSC
136, or equivalent, or consent of instructor.
GSC 665 Physical/Chemical
Limnology (3). This course will consider important physical and chemical
processes in lakes and reservoirs. The focus of these processes is their
relation to biological processes and their importance to understanding
aquatic ecosystem dynamics. Physical processes to be discussed include
heat, light, water movement and thermal structure in lakes. The chemical
cycles of carbon, nitrogen, phosphorus and oxygen will be considered in
detail. A few intensively studied lakes will serve as models for integrating
the various processes. Prerequisite: Graduate standing and consent of instructor.
GSC 691 Special
Problems (1). (May be repeated one time.)
GSC 692 Special
Problems (2). (May be repeated one time.)
GSC 693 Special
Problems (3). (May be repeated one time.)
GSC 698 Thesis Research
(3).
GSC 699 Thesis Research
(3).
Gerontology
(GTY)
GTY 520 Leisure
and Aging (3). Introduction to the physiological, sexual and recreational
aspects of aging in American society; exploration of the role of recreation
with the aging; emphasis on planning leisure programs with the elderly.
Students taking this course for graduate credit will be required to do
additional work. (Same as REC/HEA/PHE 520.)
GTY 521 Issues in
Social Gerontology (3). A study of theory and research on aging, policies
and programs related to nutrition, retirement, health and housing of elderly.
Prerequisite: SOC/GTY 341 or consent of instructor. (Same as SOC 521.)
GTY 596 The Minority
Elderly (3). This course focuses on the minority elderly including
racial, ethnic and lower income groups. Applicable concepts and theories
in social gerontology will also be covered. Prerequisite: nine hours of
anthropology, gerontology or sociology, or consent of instructor. (Same
as ANT 596.)
Guidance
(GUI)
GUI 500 Interpersonal
Relations in the Classroom (3). A course designed to assist the pre-service
individual in developing interpersonal communication skills appropriate
to the teaching/learning process. The course will provide a series of training
experiences, through interactions, designed to develop skills in the following
areas: (1) attending and responding behaviors (verbal and nonverbal), (2)
communication of empathic understanding, respect and warmth, (3) the effect
of communication on understanding self and others, (4) effective communications
in discipline, (5) establishing comfortable classroom climates for instruction.
(Same as EDU 500.)
GUI 584 Problems
(3). This course is designed for upper level undergraduate students
who want to work on special problems according to individual needs. Staff
supervision should be arranged prior to enrollment. Approval of advisor
required. May be repeated for credit up to six hours.
GUI 592 Group Processes
(3). A study of the history and characteristics of group processes
and structure as well as issues in leadership style and development of
a model in small group interaction. May not be used toward school counseling
certification.
GUI 615 Behavioral
Assessment and Intervention (3). To examine, in theory and practice,
issues in behavioral management, which affect behavior change within various
school/clinical settings, and to learn techniques applicable to the process
of behavior in change.
GUI 616 Marital
and Family Counseling (3). A course designed to examine historical
and theoretical foundations of family and marital counseling as well as
theoretical models and techniques used in the counseling process.
GUI 618 Introduction
to Community Counseling (3). A course designed to survey the foundations
of community and agency mental health counseling. Topics such as history
and philosophy of mental health counseling, administration and supervision
of mental health systems, ethical standards and legal aspects, assessment
and program development, education and consultation practices, as well
as case management and treatment services.
GUI 619 Laboratory
in Guidance and Counseling (3). A comprehensive study and skill acquisition
of specific models of counseling will be the central focus of the course.
Recommended to be taken within first nine hours of the program.
GUI 620 Practicum
in Guidance and Counseling (3). Closely supervised practice in guidance
and counseling under staff supervision in selected educational and agency
settings. Arrangements for the practicum must be made a semester in advance.
Also, the student must be admitted to the program.
GUI 622 Practicum
in Psychometrics (3). Closely supervised practice in psychometrics
under staff supervision in selected educational and agency settings. Arrangements
for the practicum must be made a semester in advance. Also, the student
must be admitted to the program.
GUI 625 Legal and
Ethical Issues (3). This course will present the legal and ethical
ramifications that being a counselor in today's complex society demands.
An in-depth examination of current contemporary issues will highlight the
course.
GUI 635 Developmental
Processes (3). A detailed study of the life-span development of the
individual in terms of human growth and development, foundations and dynamics
of human behavior, and personality, and learning theories and their application.
GUI 636 Educational
and Vocational Development (3). A survey of the principles, practices
and techniques of group instruction and individual guidance of elementary
students in studying and evaluating occupations.
GUI 660 Developing
Human Potential Seminar (3). A course designed to familiarize students
with those factors which prevent individuals from reaching their full personal,
social and professional potential. Emphasis will be on developing student
ability to recognize these factors and the skills for positively effecting
individual potential.
GUI 670 Multicultural
Issues in Human Services (3). The purpose of this course is to focus
on the role that cultural environment plays in the lives of people and
the implications of that role for helping professions and the helping process.
There will be an overview of the different microcultures to which individuals
belong and implications for the delivery of services. It is expected that
the student will learn how to use the concept of pluralism in the provision
of services to multicultural individuals and populations.
GUI 676 Individual
Appraisal I (3). This course is designed to prepare students in the
knowledge and understanding of human behavior and methods in assessment
of mental status. The manner in which clinical appraisal relates to out-patient,
in-patient, partial treatment, emergency care and after-care services is
emphasized.
GUI 677 Individual
Appraisal II (3). Theory and assessment of educational disabilities,
and the use of observed behavior, test results and biographical information
as a basis for individual appraisal. Prerequisites: GUI 683 or PSY 683
and/or consent of instructor.
GUI 678 Theories
of Vocational Development (3). A survey and critical analysis of literature
and research regarding effects of sequence of work activity, vocational
exploration and career development. Prerequisite: GUI 636 or 686.
GUI 679 Advanced
Practicum: Guidance and Counseling (3). Closely supervised practice
in guidance and counseling under staff supervision in selected educational
and agency settings. Open only to those possessing a Provisional Guidance
Certificate or its equivalent. Must be or have been a practicing counselor.
GUI 683 Tests and
Measurements (3). The selection, administration and uses of psychoeducational
tests are discussed with emphasis on application in various settings, legal/ethical
issues, and measurement concepts. Usually taken within first nine hours.
(Same as PSY 683.)
GUI 684 Problems
(3). This course is designed for advanced graduate students who want
to work on special problems in guidance and counseling according to individual
needs. Staff supervision should be arranged prior to enrollment. Approval
of instructor required. May be repeated for credit.
GUI 685 Guidance
in Elementary Schools (3). This course will examine the role and functions
of an elementary counselor. Specifically it will cover counseling children
— individually and in groups, consulting with teachers, school staff and
parents, child study procedures, and coordinating assessment data with
other services.
GUI 686 Educational
and Vocational Guidance (3). A survey of the principles, practices
and techniques of group instruction and individual guidance of the secondary
student in studying, evaluating and choosing an occupation.
GUI 687 Introduction
to Guidance (3). An introductory survey course in the philosophy, principles
and techniques of guidance, with emphasis on the organization and administration
of guidance services in school and non-school settings.
GUI 688 Introduction
to School Psychology (3). This course provides an overview and integrates
theory and practice of all areas of school psychology. This will include
historical evolution of school psychology, professional standards, legal
and ethical issues and the roles and functions of the school psychologist.
GUI 689 Individual
Intelligence Testing: Children (3). Supervised practice in the administration
of a variety of children's intellectual assessment instruments such as
the Stanford-Binet IV WISC-III, WPPSI-R, and KABC. Prerequisites: GUI 683
and consent of instructor.
GUI 690 Individual
Intelligence Testing: Adolescent and Adult (3). Supervised practice
in the administration of intellectual assessment instruments for adolescents
and adults such as the Stanford-Binet IV, WISC-III, and WAIS-III. Prerequisites:
GUI 683 and consent of instructor.
GUI 692 Group Dynamics
in Counseling (3). An experiential course in the dynamics of group
behavior. The student will participate in an encounter-type group experience
as well as being introduced to theory and techniques of group counseling.
In addition, group guidance procedures are emphasized to include meaning,
purposes, scope, and methods. Strongly recommended to be taken within the
first nine hours of course work.
GUI 693 Theories
of Counseling (3). Critical analysis and evaluation of leading theories
of counseling and their implications for practice.
GUI 694 Advanced
Laboratory in Counseling (3). An extension of GUI 619. An advanced
study in individual counseling procedures and technique/applications. Prerequisite:
GUI 619.
GUI 695 Advanced
Group Counseling (3). An extension of GUI 692. An advanced study in
group counseling, research and technique application. This course is designed
for individuals actively planning to lead counseling groups. Prerequisite:
GUI 692.
GUI 696 Advanced
Research (3). Emphasis on individual research for advanced students
in guidance and counseling. Open only to those students possessing a Provisional
Guidance Certificate or its equivalent. Prerequisites: approval of advisor
and consent of instructor.
GUI 697 Organization
and Administration of Personnel Services (3). The selection, organization
and implementation of personnel services. Analysis of programs, staffing
and relationships of programs will be emphasized.
GUI 698 Thesis (3).
Designed to enable the student to choose a thesis topic with the consent
of the student's thesis faculty director, implement the topic research
design and produce a master's degree thesis suitable for publication.
GUI 699 Thesis (3).
A continuation of GUI 698.
GUI 792 Internship
in School Psychology (6). Designed to provide an intensive training/work
experience which will consist of a minimum of 600 clock hours in a school
setting. Close supervision will be provided by university faculty and on-site
professionals as the intern applies the knowledge and skills acquired in
the program.
GUI 793 Internship
in School Psychology (6). A continuation of GUI 792 consisting of a
minimum of 600 clock hours in a school setting for a total of 1200 hours
of internship training/supervision.
GUI 794 Internship
in Community and Agency Counseling (6). Designed to provide an intensive
on-the-job experience conducted in a setting as similar as possible to
that in which the intern subsequently intends to seek employment. Close
supervision will be provided by faculty and on-site professionals, and
interns are expected to apply the knowledge and skills previously acquired
in their program.
GUI 795 Internship
in Community and Agency Counseling (6). A continuation of GUI 794,
culminating in a minimum of 600 contact hours at the internship setting
for the total internship experience.
GUI 798 Specialty
Study (3). This course is designed to enable the student, with the
supervision of his/her graduate faculty committee, to select a problem
directly related to the student's area of concentration, survey the research
literature, collect research data and prepare to write the research paper.
GUI 799 Specialty
Study (3). A continuation of GUI 798, culminating in a report suitable
for publication.
Health
Care Administration
(HCA)
HCA 525 Case Management:
Theory and Practice (3). This course will address the theory and practice
of effective case management and the skills necessary to assess the client
situation and to optimize client functioning. This course will focus on
a diverse population of vulnerable clients across various practice settings.
The settings emphasized include medical/health, educational, psychiatric
and services to the elderly. Policy issues will be addressed, as they relate
to advocacy, service planning, and program design. Prerequisite: consent
of instructor. (Same as SWK 525)
HCA 601 Overview
of the Health Care Delivery System (3). This course is designed to
provide the student with a basic understanding of the American health care
system by focusing on the people, places and processes of health care delivery.
The course surveys important trends in health care delivery and utilization
and develops a model of the care seeking process. The major health care
resources (personnel, facilities and programs, and the government) and
processes (financing, planning and quality assurance) are discussed in
detail.
HCA 602 Clinical
Management Models for Health and Human Services (3). Systematic design
and analysis of the roles of health service managers and clinicians in
the delivery of services for managed care is addressed. The course will
analyze health care delivery from an integrated management-clinician perspective.
Attention will focus on patient care and the use of clinical algorithms
and critical pathways in health care delivery.
HCA 605 Hospital
and Health Services Administration (3). Prepares administrators and
practitioners to manage health care organizations by introducing concepts
and skills essential to effective health care administration.
HCA 610 Health Care
Planning (3). A course designed to provide health care administrators
and practitioners an understanding of the critical issues and techniques
used in successful planning efforts, including a comparison of public sector
program planning and private sector strategic planning.
HCA 615 Financial
Aspects of Health Service Organizations (3). A course designed to provide
health care administrators and practitioners a basic understanding of health
care financial management principles and their application to the practical
aspects of managerial decision-making in health care facilities.
HCA 668 Health Education
in Managed Care and Human Services (3). Facilitating treatment adherence
in managed care is addressed through models of patient health education.
Course topics will address treatment adherence, adherence enforcement procedures
and the integration of models of education in human services delivery.
HCA 674 Health Counseling
and Managed Care (3). Examination of the process of health-related
counseling and communication with patients is explored with specific application
to acute and chronic conditions. Various models of counseling in the health
care setting and the use of prevention interventions will be discussed.
HCA 680 Advanced
Topics in Stress and Health Care Delivery (3). Selected topics in assessing
and treating stress related disorders in health care delivery are examined.
Emphasis on diagnosis, treatment and prevention interventions is explored.
Current measures used in assessment along with self-management skills for
patients are the focus of this course.
Health
(HEA)
HEA 500 Human Sexuality
(3). This course is designed to acquaint students with issues of human
sexuality. Topics include gender, sexual anatomy and physiology, love,
sexual arousal and response, sexual behaviors and relationships, conception,
pregnancy, contraception, sexually transmitted diseases including HIV/AIDS,
and sexual victimization. The purpose is to examine human sexuality from
biological, psychological, behavioral, clinical and cultural perspectives.
Students taking this course for graduate credit will be required to do
additional work.
HEA 511 Epidemiology
(3). This course is designed to examine the principles and practices
in the cause, prevention and control of diseases in various community settings.
Topics covered include an introduction to epidemiological terminology;
the measurement of morbidity, mortality and fertility; descriptive and
analytic epidemiology; screening; infectious disease; and occupational
epidemiology.
HEA 520 Leisure
and Aging (3). Introduction to the physiological, sexual and recreational
aspects of aging in American society; exploration of the role of recreation
with the aging; emphasis on planning leisure programs with the elderly.
Students taking this course for graduate credit will be required to do
additional work. (Same as EXS/GTY/REC 520.)
HEA 575 Human Sexuality
II (3). This course is an advanced study of issues of sexuality including
sexual exploitation, sexual victimization, sexual abuse, sexual harassment,
altered body image and sexual function, family structures, the law and
sexuality issues, and new research in sexual health. Students taking this
course for graduate credit will be required to do additional work. Prerequisites:
HEA 500 or equivalent.
HEA 605 Curriculum
in Health and Physical Education (3). A course designed to acquaint
the student with the aims and objectives of curriculum design; to alert
the student to innovations, new techniques and research in this area; and
to equip the student with guidelines for good curriculum construction.
(Same as PHE 605.)
HEA 610 Sociology
of Sport and Exercise (3). A critical study of the sociological factors
affecting sport, performance, and exercise. Students will learn about the
social, cultural, environmental and racial dynamics involved in sport and
exercise. This course will also study the effects sport and exercise have
on the social structure of society. (Same as EXS/REC 610).
HEA 620 Current
Trends and Issues in Health, Physical Education and Recreation (3).
A review of the current research in the fields of health, physical education
and recreation.
History
(HIS)
HIS 500 Comparative
History Topics (3). This course is designed to provide upper-class
and graduate students with specialized studies of topics (such as racism,
industrialism, nationalism, and revolution) that cross national, class,
and chronological boundaries. Topics offered will vary with interests of
students and instructors. May be repeated for credit with permission of
chair and instructor.
HIS 590 Directed
Studies (3). Individualized instruction for the exceptional student.
Prerequisite: permission of department chair.
HIS 592 Historic
Preservation (3). This course will provide a general overview of the
different aspects of historic preservation, including downtown revitalization,
neighborhood organization, historic house management, preservation legislation,
preservation education, and historic architecture. Much of the class is
taught in a laboratory atmosphere, with students making on-site visits
to a variety of historic preservation projects. Emphasis is given to the
study of the development of American architectural styles, so that students
can recognize historic houses and place them in a wider context. (Same
as ARC 592.)
HIS 598 Museum Studies
(3). This course will provide a broad introduction to the field of
museum work. Topics included will be the history and philosophy of museums;
the social, economic, and political trends that shape museums; the staffing,
management, and financing of museums; and the multiple functions of museums—collection
and care of objects, exhibition design and interpretation, educational
programs, research activities, and public relations. (Same as ARC 598.)
HIS 599 Historic
Interpretation Internship (3). This course will provide on-the-job
training in historical interpretation for museums, public or private agencies,
and historic sites. Each student will be placed in an internship (generally
for 12 weeks in the summer) in which he or she will work in an interpretative
capacity and conduct a major research project related to the historic interpretation
programs of the agency. The student will present the results of this research
in a formal paper to a designated advisor in the Department of History.
This course will count as a part of the major, but no student will be permitted
to repeat the course for credit.
HIS 600 Development
of Historical Thinking (3). A reading seminar introducing students
to historical problems, interpretations, and methodologies, as well as
a study of the history of historical scholarship. Students generally must
complete a study of a significant historian or historical problem in European,
American or non-Western history. Required of first-year history graduate
students.
HIS 601 The French
Revolution (3). This graduate course has three main areas of emphasis:
eighteenth-century French society and culture, the causes of the French
Revolution, and the career of Napoleon Bonaparte. The main theme of the
course is that the French Revolution represented a watershed in history.
HIS 602 Reading
in European History (3). A systematic reading of major works on selected
topics in European history from 1500 to the present. May be taken more
than once for credit; consult the department chair.
HIS 603 Europe Since
1914 (3). An advanced treatment of the social, political, intellectual,
and cultural history of Europe from World War I to the present.
HIS 604 Nineteenth-Century
Europe (3). A graduate-level treatment of the social, political, intellectual,
and cultural history of Europe's great age, the period from the French
Revolution and Napoleon to the outbreak of the First World War.
HIS 605 Seminar
in European History (3). A critical examination of a major topic or
selected topics in European history since 1500, using primary sources.
Topics vary and the course may be taken more than once for credit; consult
the department chair.
HIS 608 The Rise and
Fall of the Soviet Union (3). A graduate course beginning with the aftermath
of the Revolution of 1905, which also covers the rise of the Soviet Union
during World War I, after the abdication of Nicholas II. The Bolshevik
Revolution and the Civil War receive close attention, as does the New Economic
Policy and the rise of Stalin in the 1930s. World War II, its impact on
the USSR, Stalin's last years, the Cold War, and the decline of the Soviet
Union are also covered.
HIS 609 Tudor and Stuart
England (3). A graduate study of the molding of the British monarchy
and of the eclipse of its authority by the social and political groups
which came to dominate Parliament by the seventeenth century.
HIS 610 Modern Britain
(3). A study of Britain since the Stuarts, including its age of greatness
in the nineteenth century and its decline in the twentieth century. Political
and cultural history are emphasized at an advanced, graduate level.
HIS 611 Modern French
History, 1789-Present (3). An advanced survey of modern French history
from the French Revolution of 1789 to the present. The course will describe
and analyze the major events in French history from the time of the Revolution
to the twenty-first century, covering social, political, economic, intellectual,
and cultural developments of this era.
HIS 612 Modern Germany
(3). A graduate-level review of the political, socioeconomic, and intellectual
history of Germany from 1789 to the present, with particular attention
to how the history of Germany differed from that of other Western European
nations until 1945, and to Germany's new role in Europe since 1945.
HIS 614 Europe from
WWI through WWII. Course provides a graduate survey of European history
form about 1914 to about 1945. It will describe and analyze the events
leading to both World Wars as well as some of the consequences of those
wars, delineating the major military figures and the military history of
the World Wars.
HIS 615 Women in History
(3). This advanced course examines the position and contributions of
women in history. Topics will vary, but the major themes and issues relevant
to the field of Women's history will be covered, and the main historiographical
traditions in the field will be examined.
HIS 621 Studies in
U.S. Social History to 1865 (3). This graduate-level course is a systematic
exploration of the social history of the United States from the first settlement
by Europeans through the Civil War.
HIS 622 Readings
in United States History (3). A systematic reading of major works on
selected topics in United States history from colonial times to the present.
May be taken more than once for credit; consult the department chair.
HIS 624 United States
Foreign Relations Since 1898 (3). An analysis of U.S. relations with
other nations since 1898, placing special emphasis on the interplay of
ideals and self-interest in foreign relations.
HIS 625 Studies in
U.S. Social History Since 1865 (3). A systematic, graduate-level exploration
of the social history of the United States from the end of the Civil War
to the present.
HIS 630 Studies in
American Colonial History (3). A systematic, graduate-level exploration
of the United States from the first European settlement to the beginning
of the American Revolution.
HIS 631 Seminar
in United States History to 1865 (3). A critical examination of a major
problem in United States history to 1865 using primary sources. Topics
vary and the course may be taken more than once for credit; consult the
department chair.
HIS 632 Studies in
the Era of the American Revolution (3). A systematic, graduate-level
exploration of the events that led to the independence of the United States
and the establishment of the Constitution.
HIS 633 Seminar
in United States History Since 1865 (3). A critical examination of
a major problem in United States history since 1865, using primary sources.
Topics vary and the course may be taken more than once for credit; consult
the department chair.
HIS 634 Civil War and
Reconstruction (3). This graduate offering covers the period from 1815
to the presidential election of 1877, with emphasis on political, military,
social, and economic conditions as they related to the sectional controversy
raging during this part of the nineteenth century.
HIS 635 The Transformation
of America 1877 to 1929 (3). An advanced study of the transformation
of the United States from an agricultural to a modern industrial nation.
Topics included within this broad theme are the rise of big business and
labor unions, urbanization, immigration, the closing of the frontier, reform
movements, the struggles of blacks and women for equal rights, national
politics, and cultural changes.
HIS 636 Recent America
(3). A graduate study of the Great Depression, the New Deal, World War
II, and the subsequent forces that have shaped contemporary American life.
Emphasis is placed on the role of the United States in international relations,
the civil rights movement, and domestic economic developments.
HIS 641 History of
the Old South (3). This course is an advanced survey of southern history
from colonial times through the Civil War. Emphasis will be placed on examining,
among other topics, the development and changing characteristics of slavery,
southern economic organization in relation to the international colonial
system, women in southern society, the South and the Revolutionary War,
the South and the development of the U.S. Constitution, the emergence of
southern nationalism, and the coming of the Civil War.
HIS 642 History of
the New South (3). An M.A. level survey of southern history from the
end of the Civil War to the present, emphasizing the economic, political,
social, and cultural aspects of southern history. A major theme will be
the juxtaposition of the enduring characteristics of the South with the
process of change since World War II.
HIS 646 History of
Kentucky (3). The process of political, economic and social evolution
in Kentucky is traced from early settlement to the modern area in this
graduate course. Geographical influences upon the patterns of Kentucky
development, Kentucky's changing role within an expanding union, and the
Commonwealth's participation in national movements and events are stressed.
HIS 650 Modern Africa
(3). A graduate offering, this course considers the causes for European
colonization of Africa, the ways in which African resistance and collaboration
with Europeans set the stage for the formation of new economies, societies,
and policies in Africa, and the process of decolonialization, with an emphasis
upon how that process shaped modern African states.
HIS 655 Middle East
Since 1800 (3). A graduate study of the Middle East from 1800 to the
present with emphasis placed on the historical and political forces that
have affected and still influence the region.
HIS 656 The Arab-Israeli
Conflict (3). A study of the historical background to the conflict
between the state of Israel and the Arab states. This course will examine
the origins of Zionism and of Arab nationalism in the 19th century, the
phases of Jewish settlement in Palestine, the consequences of the First
World War for Zionist and Arab nationalist movements, the British Mandate
in Palestine, the Israeli war for independence in 1948, Nasserism, the
Suez War, the Six-Day War, the invasion of Lebanon, the Intifada,
and the possibilities for peace.
HIS 660 History
of Race Relations in the U.S. (3). A graduate examination of the social,
political, and economic influences upon race relations in the United States
from the colonial era to the present. Emphasis will be placed on the sources
of change in race relations, the various forms of racial discrimination,
and the responses to discrimination in American history.
HIS 663 Readings
in Third World History (3). A systematic reading of major works on
selected topics in the history of Africa, Asia and Latin America. May be
taken more than once for credit; consult the department chair.
HIS 664 Public History:
Professional Practice (3). An overview of the field of public history
that focuses on the historical development of the field and of Americans'
thinking about their history, current professional practice in the various
areas of public history, including professional ethics, and the particular
skills involved in each of these areas.
HIS 665 Oral History:
Project Development (3). A detailed, advanced consideration of the
planning, development, and operation of oral history projects for colleges,
libraries, museums, corporations, professional organizations, and public
schools.
HIS 666 Administration
of Historical Organizations (3). A comprehensive consideration of the
issues involved in the administration and management of historical organizations,
including museums, archives and special collections libraries, historic
preservation organizations, and local historical societies.
HIS 668 Museum Studies:
Professional Practice (3). Introduces students to the development of
the museum as a cultural institution in the United States and to professional
practice regarding the care of collections, the development of exhibits,
and other aspects of the profession. Also addresses professional ethical
standards in the museum profession. Field trips and a semester project
will give students an opportunity to apply what they study.
HIS 669 Historic
Preservation: Professional Practice (3). An in-depth exploration of
the field of historic preservation, with an emphasis on current professional
practice and the application of historical research methods and analytical
skills to the field.
HIS 674 China in Revolution
(3). A graduate study of the last decade and collapse of the Qing dynasty
and China's subsequent search for unity and political form, beginning with
the Republic, proclaimed in 1912, and ending with the Tiananmen massacre
of 1989 and market reforms.
HIS 675 Modern Japan
(3). The cultural and political history of Japan from its unification
under the Tokugawa Shogunate to the present are covered at an advanced
level. Major topics examined include the Japanese success in meeting the
challenge of Western imperialism in the nineteenth century, Japan's own
venture into imperialism on the Asian mainland in the twentieth century,
and the Japanese economic phoenix in the postwar era.
HIS 676 The World Since
1945 (3). A graduate survey of new directions in modern history, particularly
the rise of the USA and the USSR as world powers and the end of the colonial
empires of Asia and Africa. The course will discuss the Cold War through
international relations, the escalation of wars in Southeast Asia, Africa,
Latin America, and the Middle East, as well as rival strategies for economic
and cultural development in the post-war world.
HIS 677 Hollywood History
(3). A critical, analytical examination of how the past is depicted
in films and how films shape popular perceptions of history. This study
is for graduate students involved in an M.A. program.
HIS 681 Revolutionary
Mexico, 1810-Present (3). An in-depth examination at the Master of Arts
level of Mexico's history from 1810 to the present, with emphasis on economic
development and diplomacy in the era of Porfiro Diaz (1876-1911), the role
of culture and North American influence in the Revolution of 1910-1920,
the emergence and seventy-five-year rule of the Party of the Institutional
Revolution (PRI), and the post-NAFTA resurgence of revolutionary activity.
HIS 690 Directed
Study and Research (3). Supervised independent or group study of a
topic or topics in European, United States, or non-Western history. May
be taken more than once for credit. Prerequisite: permission of department
chair.
HIS 691 Directed
Studies in Public History (3). Supervised independent or group study
in one or more of the following public history fields: historic preservation,
historic interpretation, museum studies, and oral history. May be taken
more than once for credit.
HIS 698 Thesis (3).
HIS 699 Thesis (3).
Industrial
and Engineering Technology
(IET)
IET 550 Robotic
Systems (4). A quantitative analysis of robotic systems that includes
kinematics, actuators, drives, adaptive control, off line programming and
computer simulation. Emphasizes applications in manufacturing processes.
Three hours lecture and three hours laboratory. Prerequisites: EMT 261,
361, ENT 111, 365.
IET 551 Introduction
to Electrohydraulic Motion Control (3). An introduction to the integration
of the basic principles of hydraulics, electronics, controls and system
dynamics as they pertain to electrohydraulic motion control.
IET 571 Problems
in Industrial and Engineering Technology (3). Individual study and
research pertaining to special problems in industrial and engineering technology.
Prerequisite: approval of problem before registering for course.
IET 578 Workshop
in Industrial and Engineering Technology (1-4). Workshops on topics
pertinent to industrial and engineering technology. May be repeated for
additional credit.
IET 584 Engineering
Economic Analysis (3). Economic evaluation and financial analysis of
engineering alternatives to optimize the engineering decision process.
Prerequisite: ENT 393 or consent of instructor.
IET 591 Materials
Management (3). The design of an organizational and managerial system
to balance the conflicting interests in the company in the considerations
of quality, quantity, delivery and cost of materials with the aim of optimizing
the return of the materials investment.
IET 592 Production
Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing (4). Includes a survey
of various topics in production, automation and related systems such as
flow-line production, numerical control, industrial robots, computer-aided
manufacturing, process monitoring, flexible manufacturing systems and computer-integrated
manufacturing. Three hours lecture and two hours lab. Prerequisites: ENT
111, EMT 261, 361.
IET 596 Industrial
Relations (3). Industrial relations responsibilities, procedures, and
applications in job evaluation, wage surveys, union negotiations, hiring
employee counseling, and affirmative action awareness. Prerequisite: junior
standing.
IET 597 Quality
Control (3). Examines the various aspects of quality control from the
viewpoint that product and service quality requires managerial, technological
and statistical concepts throughout all the major functions in an organization.
Prerequisites: CIS 243 or consent of instructor.
IET 619 Industrial
Energy Management (3). A study of energy utilization in manufacturing
environments. Through applied engineering principles and case histories,
energy conversion systems are analyzed and designed. Remediation and conservation
principles are discussed as are energy policies and utility rate structuring
and negotiation. Prerequisite: graduate standing.
IET 644 Graduate
Cooperative Education (3). May be repeated for a maximum of six credits.
Graded pass/fail. Prerequisite: permission of chair.
IET 678 Seminar
in Industrial and Engineering Technology (3). The identification and
study of current problems, issues and trends in the field of industrial
and engineering technology with special emphasis on the philosophical and
psychological assumptions underlying these areas.
IET 679 Technical
Writings (3). Laboratory experimentation and research, analysis of
technical data and the preparation and application of technical reports
in industrial-technical fields.
IET 691 Industrial
Operations (3). Quantitative analysis for planning, organizing and
controlling a production/operations system. Prerequisites: CIS 243, or
consent of instructor.
IET 692 Plant Layout
and Material Handling (3). A study of the arrangement of physical facilities
and material handling to optimize the interrelationships among operating
personnel, material flow, information flow, and the methods required in
achieving enterprise objectives efficiently, economically and safely.
IET 693 Systems
Management Technology (3). A course dealing with the practical applications
of systems management theory to business and industrial situations.
IET 694 Research
in Industry, Training and Technical Education (3). A study of techniques
and procedures used in designing, conducting, interpreting and evaluating
research in industrial, training, and technical education settings. Applications,
advantages and limitations of various research methods are studied and
explored. (Same as TTE 694)
IET 695 Industrial
Supervision (3). An in-depth study of the qualities necessary in order
for a frontline supervisor to be a vigorous leader, an effective leader,
a source of technical know-how and a deft mediator between policy-setting
management and the rank-and-file worker.
IET 696 Teamwork
and the Management of Technology (3). A study of how teamwork is used
to effectively increase productivity, quality and profits simultaneously
in a manufacturing environment. Analysis of historical and current literature
shows the evolution from Scientific Management to TQM and ISO-9000 and
the advantages of team problem-solving for complex design/production problems.
The fundamentals for an effective teamwork environment redeveloped through
a wide variety of books and articles. Methods for implementation of a teamwork
system are presented, discussed and evaluated.
IET 697 Research
in Industrial and Engineering Technology (3). Independent study under
the guidance of a supervising faculty member in a problem area of industrial
education as selected by the student. Prerequisites: ADM 630 or AGR 635
or BPA 605 or consent of advisor. (Same as GAT/OSH 697.)
IET 698 Thesis (3).
IET 699 Thesis (3).
International
Studies
(INT)
INT 510 International
Student Exchange (3-15). Individual study abroad through a Murray State
sponsored program as administered by the Institute for International Studies;
pre-approval within specific disciplines required; pass/fail. Prerequisite:
consent of academic advisor and pre-approval by instructors prior to registration;
senior and graduate level.
INT 600 Seminar
in Global Studies (1-3). Course is a seminar focusing on selected topics
and taught outside the United States. Topics and content will vary with
instructor and course location. It may be repeated for credit. Prerequisite:
consent of instructor.
Industrial
Technology and Design
(ITD)
ITD 500 Industrial
Design Processes and Prototypes (4). Study of product design principles,
production methods and simultaneous manufacturing techniques. Laboratory
activities are centered around the design and prototyping a product. Lecture
and laboratory-six contact hours. Prerequisites: ITD 130 and 304.
ITD 501 Architectural
Drafting and Design-Light Commercial (4). Theory and practice in instrument
and computer aided drafting and design for architectural structures. Topics
will include the review and evaluation of existing designs, plans and specifications
for nonresidential light commercial structures. Structures in the building
code classifications of: assembly, business, and mercantile will be included.
Program and design architecture will be included. Lecture and laboratory.
Prerequisites: ITD 301, ITD 104 AND ITD 401.
ITD 504 Advanced
Study in Computer Aided Drafting/Design (4). An advanced course in
the theory and application of computer aided systems for the drafting and
design field. Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisites: ITD 304 or consent
of instructor.
ITD 522 Industrial
Plastics (4). Materials and processes used in plastics manufacturing
industries; includes mold design and construction. Lecture and laboratory.
Prerequisite: ITD 322 or consent of instructor.
ITD 531 Numerical
Control/Computer NC Machining Systems (4). A study of automatic manufacturing
by NC/CNC. Technical, social and economic aspects of NC/CNC machining systems.
Laboratory work in manual and computer-assisted numerical control programming.
Setup and operation of machines. Six contact hours.
ITD 532 Metallurgy
(2). Structure, properties, behavior and use of metals. Laboratory
analysis and research. Lecture and laboratory.
ITD 533 Technology
and Production Tooling (2). Machine setups, tooling and inspection
procedures. Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisites: ITD 531 or 532.
ITD 541 Industrial
Wood Fabrication (4). Material, equipment, processes and nomenclature
of the woods manufacturing industry; emphasis on design and planning for
production. A study of both traditional and innovative wood processing
techniques. Prerequisite: ITD 341.
ITD 601 Advanced
Engineering Drawing (4). Current and emerging theories and practices
in the identification of course content and the teaching of projection
theory, two- and three-dimensional representation and problem-solving techniques.
Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: ITD 305 or equivalent.
ITD 602 Technical
Illustration (4). Illustration drawing, rendering and creative techniques
related to illustration.
ITD 604 Advanced
Computer Graphics (3). Computer graphics applications to various industrial
fields, problem-solving situations, design and research. Prerequisite:
ITD 304 or 504.
ITD 606 Machine
Design and Drawing (4). Functional drawing practices, design considerations
and problem-solving techniques as applied to machine and tooling situations.
Prerequisites: ITD 104, ENT 287 and CET 297.
ITD 621 Plastics
Technology (4). Industrial plastics with emphasis on research and experimentation.
Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: ITD 522 or consent of instructor.
ITD 630 Technology
of Metals Processes (4). Supplementary and comprehensive instruction
in the technology related to the processes of forming, shaping, fastening
and finishing of metal products. Emphasis on the design, function and efficiency
of the processes involved. Lecture and laboratory.
ITD 631 Research
in Metal Technology (3). Experience in research and experimentation
related to metals and metal working processes. Research activities center
around group and individual laboratory experiences. Prerequisite: consent
of instructor.
ITD 641 Research
in Wood Technology (3). Experimentation and research in adhesives,
finishes, abrasives, woods and wood products; properties and application
to school and industrial usage. Lecture and laboratory.
ITD 651 Advanced
Study in Manufacturing (3). The materials, processes, equipment, products
and occupations relating to the manufacturing industry will be studied.
The selection, design and production of typical products will be undertaken,
using mass production techniques, drawing upon the experiences gained through
courses in the technical specialization component. Lecture and laboratory.
Prerequisite: course work and/or experience as deemed appropriate.
Journalism
and Mass Communications
(JMC)
JMC 501 School Publications
(3). Journalistic problems on the high school and college levels; methods
of teaching and advising of school and college publications. Required for
teacher certification.
JMC 502 Writing
for the Mass Media (3). An intensive writing course covering newsgathering
and reporting for print and broadcast, basic editing, advertising copy,
news releases, features, columns, reviews and editorials. Open to those
students who are not pursuing a major in the Department of Journalism and
Mass Communications; required for any JMC graduate student who does not
have an undergraduate major or minor in the mass communications field.
Prerequisites: ENG 101 and 102 or JMC grammar test.
JMC 504 Writing
the Nonfiction Article (3). A Jesse Stuart workshop writing course,
taught only in the summer. Preparation, writing, editing and marketing
the nonfiction article. Individual critique sessions conducted by a highly
published journalist. For graduate and undergraduate students. Prerequisite:
permission.
JMC 505 Writing
for Children (3). A Jesse Stuart workshop writing course, taught only
in the summer. Analysis of the children's literature market and preparation
of fictional and nonfictional works designed for the young reader. Individual
critiques by a noted editor and writer of children's literature. For graduate
and undergraduate students. Prerequisite: permission.
JMC 515 History
of U.S. Journalism and Broadcasting (3). History of journalism and
broadcasting with emphasis on the role of newspaper, radio, television
and other communications media in the United States.
JMC 525 Television
Program Development (3). Capstone seminar in creating television programs.
Topics include program concepts, target audiences, scripting, budgeting,
pre-production planning, producing and marketing pilots. It is anticipated
that for a successful outcome, students will commit a
minimum of nine hours
per week to this course plus an additional 30 hours during the semester
working on special projects and productions. Work outside the studios may
be required for some productions. Prerequisites: JMC 270, 336, 358, 451;
senior or graduate standing with preference given to electronic media majors.
JMC 556 (456) Advertising
Campaigns (3). A seminar course designed to bring together the knowledge
acquired in advertising, marketing and communications courses and apply
them to a realistic problem. Students develop management ability in analysis
and preparation of complete advertising campaign. Students are required
to work in teams to prepare plans books and give formal ad agency presentations.
Prerequisites: JMC 394, 417, 426, and 439; MKT 360 or consent of instructor.
JMC 558 New Technologies
(3). The development of technology in media industries and related
businesses, such as consumer electronics and office systems. Topics include
the nature of technical innovation, economic feasibility, public policy,
social impact, and diffusion models.
JMC 560 Alternative
Media Criticism (3). An examination of the cultural and social functions
of non-mainstream on-line media, such as "e-zines", independent film, informational
websites targeting women and minorities, alternative press reviews, and
"fringe" artistic mass media. While most media studies concern the product
of major media conglomerates, this course encourages independent and critical
thought about the paradigm of nontraditional media content, which leans
toward subjectivity and counter-cultural influence. Prerequisites: senior
or graduate level in JMC. The ability to write at the college level, as
well as proficiency in the English language. Graduate students should have
the ability to create Web material.
JMC 585 Specialized
Journalism/Radio-Television I (1-3). Directed individual study. Can
be a journalistic effort in areas such as science, sports, government,
religion, graphics, etc., or a project in radio or television such as a
major production or series, an extensive research project on paper or other
approved project. Repeatable up to three hours. Prerequisites: consent
of instructor and written approved proposal required prior to registration.
JMC 586 Special
Topics (3). Seminar for seniors, graduate students concerning a current
topic affecting the mass media. Prerequisite: consent of instructor, senior
or graduate level standing.
JMC 590 Mass Communication
Law (3). The law as it affects journalism and broadcasting. History
and background of the freedom of the press and broadcast industries with
emphasis on First Amendment and FCC regulations, including such areas as
seditious libel, libel, obscenity, privacy, copyright, advertising and
the Fairness Doctrine. Primarily a lecture and reading course. Prerequisite:
JMC 330.
JMC 591 Advanced
Public Relations (3). A capstone seminar course designed to provide
students an opportunity to demonstrate their mastery of the skills, techniques,
and knowledge acquired in previous major and minor courses. Working in
teams, students will research, develop, and create a public relations campaign,
as well as give formal presentation of their work that includes production
of all materials supporting the campaign. This semester-long project should
further enhance the students public relations skills and knowledge, as
well as develop their management and analytical skills. Prerequisite: ENG
101, JMC 194, 300, 330, 391, 412, and 440.
JMC 593 Editorial
and Critical Writing (3). A writing course in editorials and the editorial
page; personal columns; and critical reviews of plays, TV shows, books
and movies. Prerequisites: JMC 194 and 330 or consent of instructor.
JMC 596 Internship
in Advertising, Journalism, Public Relations and Radio-TV (3). Course
for advanced students in journalism and radio-TV who have completed a minimum
of eight weeks as an intern with the media or a public relations or advertising
agency. Case studies are prepared by the students on their work experience.
Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
JMC 597 Advanced
Reporting (3). Project-based advanced techniques of specialized reporting,
emphasizing community-based journalism and civic journalism. Includes overview
of issues concerning multiculturalism, journalistic ethics and legal concerns.
Prerequisites: JMC 397 or 466.
JMC 599 American
Mass Media (3). Guided independent study in the structure of the mass
media in the United States and the impact of American media content on
audiences. Graded pass/fail. Prerequisite: consent of graduate coordinator.
JMC 600 Seminar
in International Mass Communication (3). Analysis of theories and research
in international mass communication. Focus on transnational information
flow and the role of media in facilitating international knowledge and
understanding.
JMC 601 Media, Culture,
Gender, and Race (3). An analysis of theories and research in mass
media influences on images of culture, race, and gender in our society.
Focus on the role of news, entertainment and advertising media in the construction
and perpetuation of systemic views about members of these particular groups.
Prerequisites: graduate standing and the permission of the instructor.
JMC 602 Seminar
in Advertising (3). An in-depth study of the profession of advertising,
with a focus on contemporary issues, problems, and challenges; guided discussion
and analysis of case studies. Prerequisite: graduate standing; enrollment
is limited, with preference to JMC graduate students.
JMC 603 Seminar
in Public Relations (3). An in-depth study of the profession of public
relations with a focus on contemporary issues, problems, and challenges
using guided discussion and analysis of case studies. Prerequisite: graduate
standing; enrollment is limited, with preference to JMC graduate students.
JMC 630 Theories
of Mass Communications (3). The communications process in terms of
definitions, characteristics, models, language and nonverbal elements,
with a particular emphasis on such empirical effects as selective attention,
perception and retention, functions, uses and gratifications, agenda-setting,
aggressive behavior due to violent content, and effects of advertising
on children.
JMC 648 Mass Media
Industries (3). Basic principles of markets and economics and how they
apply to media industries. Topics include ownership, convergence, regulation,
market forces, and technological forces.
JMC 660 Methods
of Communications Research (3). The research process in mass communication
including survey, experimental and archival. Students will become familiar
with the philosophy and techniques of social science research, data collection
methods, sampling procedures, and statistical analysis.
Students will also
conduct a research project.
JMC 668 (568) Critical
Analysis of Mass Media (3). In-depth examination of the cultural and
social functions of mass media, both print and electronic. Includes perspectives
on media's role as an information and entertainment source, as an agenda-setter,
as a persuasive agent, and as a mode of creative and artistic expression.
A readings and discussion course open to majors and non-majors. Prerequisite:
junior standing or above.
JMC 670 Philosophical
and Ethical Concepts of the Mass Media (3). Lecture and seminar course
in concepts of the role of the mass media in society. Philosophical background
to include legal and ethical issues.
JMC 677 Directed
Individual Study (3). A course designed to allow student pursuit of
individual interests. Proposal must be approved by the graduate faculty
instructor prior to registering for the course.
JMC 690 Comprehensive
Project (3). Capstone of the mass communications degree. An individual
independent research, creative, or professional project, designed by the
student under the direction of the graduate coordinator and one other JMC
faculty member. Prerequisites: proposal submitted to and approved by the
graduate coordinator by October 15 for spring enrollment_March 15 for summer
or fall enrollment; completion of 21 hours in the program; JMC 630 and
660.
Japanese
(JPN)
JPN 551 Directed
Studies (1-3). Course work designed to meet specific needs and interests
on an individual basis. Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
Library
Science
(LIB)
LIB 501 School Library
Media Center (3). Objectives and standards of the school library media
center; the role of the media specialist; planning, organizing, administering
and coordinating the elementary, middle and secondary school libraries
with the instructional program.
LIB 511 Selection
of Library Materials (3). Principles, standards, practices and problems
in building library collections; examination of the major selection tools
and critical evaluation of reviewing sources; survey of the current publishing
scene and media trade as they relate to libraries and librarians.
LIB 521 Printed
and Nonprinted Media (3). The audience, content, structure, control
and effects of media (audio-visuals, books, newspapers, magazines, etc.)
and their relationship to today's curricula with attention to library application
for personal development.
LIB 542 Reference
Sources in Subject Fields (3). A study of special reference sources
for students who desire to obtain a basic background in library materials
in their specific subject field. Emphasis is based on the resources useful
for individual research.
LIB 550 Foundations
of Librarianship (3). Brief historical development of libraries and
librarianship; an overview of libraries from the standpoint of its objectives,
types, organization, services and trends; the library profession.
LIB 571 Preparation
and Utilization of Information Media (3). Planning and production of
materials such as flat pictures, maps, charts, posters, display materials
and transparencies for instructional use; analysis of elements in utilization
of materials.
LIB 580 Reading
Interests of Adults (3). Contemporary reading interests and habits
of adults (ages 14 plus) designed to acquaint students with major studies
on reading habits and interests of individuals and groups. Class sessions
will be devoted to analysis of various studies, their implications for
the future, selections of reading guidance of library patrons.
LIB 604 Library
in the School Curriculum (3). An approach to understanding the library
collection, its use, selection, reference; appreciation by administrators,
teachers and librarians, stressing relationship of the use of the library
as a source of information for students in any area of learning.
LIB 611 Censorship
and Library Materials (3). Historical development and current implications
of intellectual freedom concepts; study and discussion of publications;
methods for combating censorship forces.
LIB 614 Special
Problems in Librarianship (3). Independent study in subject or problem
of the student's need or interest. Weekly conference with the supervising
faculty member. Prerequisites: LIB 590 and consent of instructor.
LIB 620 (590) Library
Administration (3). The theories, principles and processes underlying
the administration and organization of library service for a learning community;
planning; organizing, staffing, directing, coordinating, evaluating, reporting,
programming, scheduling, public relations/marketing, budgeting, equipping
and housing. May include visits to school library media centers or other
libraries for observations or to consult resources as required by course
assignments. Prerequisite: admission to graduate study.
LIB 621 (421) Library
Practicum (1-3). Observation and supervised practice work in an assigned
media center upon the completion of the required course work. Students
are assigned to an approved school library media center, under the supervision
of a certified school media specialist as well as a university coordinator,
where they must spend a minimum of 141 clock hours "on the job" to earn
a total of three hours of semester credit. Prerequisites: EDU 626, LIB
620, LIB 630, and LIB 640.
LIB 630 (531) Classification
and Cataloging (3). Fundamental principles and methods for organizing
resources, both print and electronic, through cataloging and classification,
and the application of these principles and procedures in a learning context.
Special emphasis on the Dewey Decimal System. May include visits to school
library media centers or other libraries for observations or to consult
resources as required by course assignments. Prerequisite: admission to
graduate study.
LIB 631 Advanced
Classification and Cataloging (3). Advanced study of cataloging codes;
concentrated study of the Library of Congress Classification; cooperative
cataloging and union catalogs. Prerequisite: LIB 531.
LIB 636 History
of Children's Literature (3). Development of the children's literary
movement; types of material available to the child during the various centuries;
current use of children's classics.
LIB 640 (541) Information
Sources and Services (3). Information sources and materials, both print
and electronic, and basic skills of answering reference questions and teaching
inquirers how to search for their own answers using information sources
in a learning context. May include visits to school library media centers
or other libraries for observations or to consult resources as required
by course assignments. Prerequisite: admission to graduate study.
LIB 641 Advanced
Reference and Bibliography (3). Study of information resources and
services in the sciences, social sciences, and humanities; bibliographical
search techniques; bibliographical planning; the reference function; objectives,
activities, current and future trends. Prerequisite: LIB 541.
LIB 642 Government
Documents (3). Selection, acquisition and reference use of the more
important federal, state and municipal documents; introduction to selected
United Nations publications; examination of agencies publishing documents.
LIB 650 History
of Books and Printing (3). Development of the graphic record and the
book format from the earliest times to the present time; the alphabet,
writing materials; printing techniques, illustrations and binding.
LIB 690 Seminar
in Librarianship (3). Survey of the objectives and procedures of librarianship
with analysis of the recent development and trends as reported in professional
literature. Prerequisite: LIB 590.
Legal
Studies
(LST)
LST 505 Internship
(3). Independently sponsored programs which qualified students may
elect to pursue for practical experience in legal activity. For juniors
and seniors minoring in legal studies. Must have a 2.5 overall GPA and
a 2.8 in LST courses taken for the minor. Graded pass/fail. Prerequisites:
LST 240, 242, and 300.
LST 534 Court Management
(3). Administrative procedures and management techniques of a unified
court system. Prerequisite: Senior standing or consent of instructor.
LST 540 Commercial
Transactions (3). A study of business organizations and their commercial
transactions. Topics include business organizations and relationships,
contracts, the Uniform Commercial Code, sales, credit, agency, and property.
Prerequisite: LST 240.
LST 545 Constitutional
Law I: Developments & Trends (3). A political science course that
surveys the development of and historic trends in selected subjects of
constitutional law. (Same as POL 545.)
LST 546 Constitutional
Law II: Civil Liberties and Civil Rights (3). A political science course
that studies the leading court decisions and their impact on the development
of American Constitutional Law in the subject areas of civil liberties
(Amendment I), civil rights (Amendments IV, V, VI, VIII, and IX) and the
equal protection and due process clauses of the Amendment XIV. Prerequisites:
none. (Same as POL 546.)
LST 595 Special
Problems (1-3). Supervised readings or research in selected subjects
designed to supplement regular course offerings. For seniors minoring in
legal studies. Must have a 3.0 overall GPA and a 3.0 in LST courses taken
for the minor. Prerequisites: LST 240, 242, 300 and 310.
LST 644 Graduate
Cooperative Education (3). May be repeated for a maximum of six credits.
Cannot be used to meet M.B.A., M.P.A. or M.S. degree requirements. Graded
pass/fail. Prerequisite: permission of chair.
LST 676 Administrative
Law (3). An examination of the role of the judiciary in public policy
formulation. Special emphasis is directed toward the legal environment
of public administration and toward court decisions and their impact on
the administrative process. (Same as POL 676.)
LST 695 Special
Problems (1-3). Supervised readings or research in selected subjects
designed to supplement regular course offerings. Requires chair's approval.
Mathematics
(MAT)
MAT 500 Internship
(1). Graded pass/fail.
MAT 501 Mathematical
Modeling I (3). A study of mathematical models used in the social,
life and management sciences and their role in explaining and predicting
real world phenomena. The emphasis is on developing skills of model building.
Topics include difference equations, perturbation theory and nondimensional
analysis. Prerequisite: MAT 411.
MAT 502 Mathematical
Modeling II (3). A continuation of topics discussed in MAT 501. A term
project consisting of a model of a non-mathematical problem is required.
Prerequisite: MAT 501.
MAT 505 Abstract
Algebra I (3). An in-depth study of rings and fields. Topics will include
the Isomorphism Theorems, ideals, polynomial rings, integral domains, fields,
field extensions. Prerequisite: MAT 421 or consent of instructor.
MAT 508 Introduction
to Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3). Selected topics and applications
from combinatorics and discrete mathematics, which can include: enumeration,
generating functions, recurrence relations, partially ordered sets, Boolean
algebras, block designs, coding theory, and topics in graph theory, including
trees, networks, optimization, and scheduling. Prerequisites: MAT 308 and
either MAT 299 or MAT 335.
MAT 510 Foundations
of Geometry (3). Study of postulate systems for geometry, critical
examination of Euclid's Elements, introduction to non-Euclidean geometry.
Prerequisite: MAT 309 or consent of instructor.
MAT 512 Partial
Differential Equations (3). Partial differential equations of first
and second order and applications. Prerequisites: MAT 309 and 411.
MAT 515 Theory of
Numbers (3). Divisibility, the Euclidean algorithm, mathematical induction,
prime and composite numbers, Diophantine equation, Pythagorean triplets,
Fermat's Theorem, congruences, quadratic residues, continued fractions.
Prerequisite: MAT 308 or consent of instructor.
MAT 516 Introduction
to Topology (3). Set theory, topology of the real line, topological
spaces, metric spaces. Prerequisite: MAT 299 and 309.
MAT 520 Introduction
to Complex Variables (3). Complex numbers, analytic functions, elementary
functions, integration, Cauchy theorem, Taylor and Laurent expansions,
and applications. Prerequisite: MAT 309.
MAT 522 Vector Calculus
(3). Operations with vectors; differentiation and integration of functions
of several variables; transformation of coordinates; line and surface integrals;
Green's, Stokes's, and the divergence theorems. Prerequisite: MAT 309.
MAT 524 Boundary
Value Problems (3). Analytic and computational techniques for linear
first and second order partial differential equations, initial, and boundary
value problems. Classification, Fourier series, separation of variables,
finite difference and/or finite element methods. Prerequisites: MAT 309,
MAT 411, and MAT 335 or consent of instructor.
MAT 525 Advanced
Calculus I (3). A rigorous development of one variable calculus including
limits, continuity, differentiation, integration and sequences of functions.
Prerequisite: MAT 299 and 309.
MAT 526 Advanced
Calculus II (3). A continuation of MAT 525 and functions of several
variables. Prerequisite: MAT 525.
MAT 530 Special
Topics in Mathematics I (1-3). Library investigations of various lengths
concerning special topics in mathematics. Periodic conferences will be
arranged with the supervising faculty member on an individual basis. May
be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: Six hours of mathematics courses
numbered 400 and above with a mathematics GPA of at least 3.0; consent
of instructor.
MAT 531 Special
Topics in Mathematics II (1-3). Library investigations of various lengths
concerning special topics in mathematics. Periodic conferences will be
arranged with the supervising faculty member on an individual basis. May
be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: Six hours of mathematics courses
numbered 400 and above with a mathematics GPA of at least a 3.0; consent
of instructor.
MAT 535 Linear Algebra
(3). Linear transformations, matrices, quadratic and hermitian forms,
eigenvalues and elementary spectral theory. Prerequisite: MAT 335.
MAT 540 Mathematical
Statistics I (4). Introduction to probability theory and statistical
inference. Combinatorics, conditional probability independence. Discrete
and continuous random variables and their distributions. Expected value
and moments of distributions. Estimation theory and properties point estimators.
Confidence intervals. Basic theory of hypothesis testing. Testing means
and proportion. T-tests. Descriptive statistics. Prerequisite: MAT 309
or consent of instructor.
MAT 541 Mathematical
Statistics II (3). Additional topics in probability theory and statistical
inference. Bayes' Theorem, functions of random variables, order statistics.
Bayesian inference, F-tests, chi-square tests, contingency tables, regression
and correlation. Prerequisites: MAT 540.
MAT 542 Numerical
Analysis (3). Numerical solutions of differential equations, iterative
techniques for solving linear systems, discrete least-squares methods,
orthogonal polynomials, and approximating eigenvalues. Prerequisites: MAT
411 and either MAT 442 or consent of instructor. Requires knowledge of
a scientific programming language.
MAT 545 Boolean
Algebra with Applications to Digital Computer Design (3). Switching
circuits, algebra of subsets of a set, propositional logic, abstract Boolean
algebra, Boolean functions. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
MAT 550 Teaching
Mathematics I (3). Programs in secondary mathematics, theory of mathematical
learning, classroom management, evaluation, remedial and enrichment programs,
use of teaching aids with special application to the teaching of mathematics.
Gives credit only toward the M.A.T. or M.A.Ed. degrees or toward an undergraduate
major or minor in mathematics for those students following a teacher certification
program. If MAT 550 or 551 is counted for the math major or minor, MAT
421 or 510 must also be taken. If MAT 550 and 551 are counted for a math
major or minor, the student must also take MAT 421 and 510. Prerequisite:
MAT 309 or consent of instructor.
MAT 551 Teaching
Mathematics II (3). Topics in mathematics of special interest to secondary
teachers of mathematics taught with emphasis on presenting them to high
school students. Gives credit only toward the M.A.T. or M.A.Ed. degrees
or toward an undergraduate major or minor in mathematics for those students
following a teacher certification program. If MAT 550 or 551 is counted
for the math major or minor, MAT 421 or 510 must also be taken. If MAT
550 and 551 are counted for a math major or minor the student must also
take MAT 421 and 510. Prerequisite: MAT 309 or consent of instructor.
MAT 560 Statistical
Methods (3). A survey course in statistical methods for advanced undergraduate
students and graduate students with no prior training in statistics. The
course covers techniques commonly used for data analysis in many scientific
fields. Topics included are probability distributions, sampling, variance,
estimation, hypothesis testing, contingency table, regression and analysis
of variance. (Does not apply toward any degree in mathematics or a minor
in mathematics.)
MAT 565 Applied
Statistics I (4). A study of applied statistical techniques including
correlation, regression, analysis of variance and non-parametric methods
with a view toward applications. A statistical computer package will be
used when appropriate, but no computer background is required. Prerequisite:
MAT 560 or consent of instructor.
MAT 566 Applied
Statistics II (3). A continuation of MAT 565. Includes further topics
in analysis and variance, non-parametrics and multivariate analysis. Prerequisite:
MAT 565.
MAT 569 Topics in
Statistics (3). Selected topics in probability and statistics. Prerequisite:
consent of instructor.
MAT 570 Linear Programming
(3). Theory and application of linear programming and the role it plays
in operations research. Prerequisite: MAT 335.
MAT 602 Integration
Theory (3). Riemann integrals, continuous functions, functions of bounded
variation, Riemann-Stieltjes integrals. Prerequisite: MAT 525.
MAT 603 Real Function
Theory I (3). Lebesque measure and integration theory and related topics.
Prerequisite: MAT 526.
MAT 604 Real Function
Theory II (3). Functional analysis, including Classical Banach spaces
and Lp spaces. Prerequisite: MAT 603.
MAT 605 Selected
Topics in Complex Analysis (3). An in-depth study of selected topics
introduced in MAT 520. Prerequisite: MAT 520.
MAT 609 Abstract
Algebra II (3). An in-depth study of group theory. Topics will include
Lagrange's Theorem, Cauchy's Theorem, the Sylow Theorems, and factor groups.
Prerequisite: MAT 505.
MAT 610 Selected
Topics in Algebra (3). An in-depth study of selected topics introduced
in MAT 505 and 609. Prerequisite: MAT 609.
MAT 620 Selected
Topics in Topology (3). An in-depth study of selected topics introduced
in MAT 516. Prerequisite: MAT 516.
MAT 630 Real Number
System I (3). Development of the natural numbers and the integers.
(This course does not offer graduate credit for those people seeking a
master of science degree in mathematics, chemistry or physics, or a master
of arts degree in mathematics.) Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
MAT 631 Real Number
System II (3). A detailed development of the rational and real numbers.
(This course does not offer graduate credit for those people seeking a
master of science degree in mathematics, chemistry, or physics, or a master
of arts degree in mathematics.) Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
MAT 632 Foundations
of Analysis (3). A study of concepts basic to the elementary calculus,
such as limits continuity, the derivative, and the integral. (This course
does not offer graduate credit to those people seeking a master of science
degree in mathematics, chemistry, or physics, or a master of arts degree
in mathematics.) Prerequisites: MAT 309 and consent of instructor.
MAT 633 Probability
and Statistics (3). An introduction to sample spaces, probabilities,
and probability distributions, such as binomial, normal and Poisson. Measure
of center, variability and applications. Statistical inference and tests
of significance. (This course does not offer graduate credit for those
people seeking a master of science degree in mathematics, chemistry, or
physics, or a master of arts degree in mathematics.) Prerequisite: consent
of instructor.
MAT 644 Graduate
Cooperative Education (3). May be repeated to maximum of six credits.
Graded pass/fail.
MAT 690 Selected
Topics in Mathematics I (1-3). Independent work on selected topics.
May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
MAT 691 Selected
Topics in Mathematics II (1-3). Independent work on selected topics.
May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
MAT 698 Research
and Thesis (3).
MAT 699. Research
and Thesis (3).
Management
(MGT)
MGT 550 Human Resource
Management (3). Familiarizes the student with fundamental tools to
effectively manage and motivate a diversified workforce. Included in this
course is a study and analysis of the programs in human resource management
including job analysis, job evaluation, selection and placement, testing
and training, personnel services, and labor relations, as well as the current
issues of globalization and the changing composition of the workforce.
Prerequisite: MGT 350.
MGT 551 Organizational
Behavior (3). Study of human behavior in organizations with attention
to individual, small group and organization-wide issues. Particular emphasis
is placed on the role of the organization's environment, managing in international
settings, and the importance of ethics in management. May not be taken
by M.B.A. students. Prerequisite: MGT 350.
MGT 552 Management
of Operations and Technology II (3). A continued study of the operations
function of organizations. Topics covered include technology management,
achieving zero defects, continuous improvement, total productive maintenance
and world class competition. Prerequisite: MGT 443.
MGT 553 Human Resource
Selection (3). A concentrated investigation of the methods appropriate
to the development, implementation and administration of the staffing process
(attracting, selecting and placing candidates in positions) in contemporary
organizations will be conducted. This will involve analyzing organizational
environments and identifying the appropriate staffing strategies and policies,
including an examination of the regulatory environment, cost analysis of
human resources, and the statistics of personnel validation of screening
devices, i.e. personnel testing, interviewing and biographical information.
MGT 554 Managing
a Diverse Workforce (3). This course involves a study of the cultural
perspective and processes reflecting individual, work group, and organizational
diversity in the work place. Specific issues this course will include are:
prejudice and stereotypes; group and organizational factors affecting diversity;
legal issues related to diversity; and global, cross-cultural and gender
issues.
MGT 555 Training
and Development (3). This course examines the needs and characteristics
of adult learners and the role of training and development as part of human
resources in the business setting. The role of the trainer, the learner,
needs assessment, methodologies, learning objectives, and measurement and
evaluation techniques will be explored and practiced. Prerequisite: senior
or graduate standing.
MGT 557 International
Management (3). Course covers two principal areas: (1) the evolution
of the multinational corporation, and (2) a comparative cross-cultural
study of management philosophy and practice. Prerequisite: MGT 350.
MGT 559 Compensation
Management (3). A study of basic considerations for successful wage
and salary administration. Areas studied include job evaluation, employee
evaluation and systems and plans of compensating employees. Prerequisite:
MGT 350.
MGT 570 Organization
Theories (3). A study of the major contemporary theories of organization
with emphasis on modern concepts that have been drawn from existing and
evolving organizations. It is a systematic study of organizations that
is intended to enhance a student's ability to understand, diagnose, and
respond to emerging organizational needs and problems. Prerequisite: MGT
350.
MGT 572 Organizational
Development (3). Studies approaches to organization development, growth
and renewal, with special emphasis on the organization's ability to adapt
to its environment. Particular attention is paid to the process of planned
change, the techniques used in organization development, and the role of
ethics in organization change. May not be taken by M.B.A. students. Prerequisite:
MGT 350.
MGT 575 Labor-Management
Relations (3). A study of labor-management relations in the United
States with emphasis on the structure and role of labor organizations,
the collective bargaining functions and processes, and the philosophy and
approaches essential to a successful relationship between labor and management
institutions. Prerequisite: MGT 350.
MGT 577 Labor Law
and Public Policy (3). Traces the development of the principles of
labor law and labor legislation as well as their administration at the
national, state and local levels in the United States. Uses administrative
and court decisions and policy analysis to examine issues of current significance
concerning labor relations. Prerequisite: MGT 350 or consent of instructor.
(Same as POL 577.)
MGT 590 Strategic
Management (3). Course involves a study of the process of strategy
formulation and implementation and the integration of the functional areas
of the business into a concerted organizational effort. Case problems are
used. Should be taken in the student's last semester. May not be taken
by M.B.A. students. Prerequisites: FIN 330, MGT 350, MKT 360, and senior
standing.
MGT 595 Special
Problems (3). This course consists of independent study of some managerial
problem area. Periodic conferences will be arranged with the supervising
faculty member on an individual basis. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
MGT 644 Graduate
Cooperative Education (3). May be repeated for a maximum of six credits.
Cannot be used to meet M.B.A., M.P.A. or M.S. degree requirements. Graded
pass/fail. Prerequisite: permission of chair.
MGT 651 Seminar
in Organizational Behavior (3). Studies management as a profession,
with special emphasis upon behavioral and organizational issues. Examines
individual, group and organizational processes in light of the environment
within which the organization functions. Special attention is given to
managing in non-U.S. settings and the ethical problems faced in the managerial
job. Prerequisites: MGT 350 or equivalent, and graduate standing.
MGT 652 Evolution
of Management Thought (3). The evolution of management theory in the
United States with emphasis on modern concepts of organization. Selected
readings and study reports on each of the major stages of development are
required. Prerequisites: MGT 350 or equivalent, and graduate standing.
MGT 654 Seminar
in Human Resource Management (3). Theory, policy and relevant research
concerning the procurement, development, maintenance and utilization of
human resources are studied. Special attention is also given to labor-management
relations, with emphasis being placed upon the trilateral involvement of
management, unions and government in the development and implementation
of modern labor relations policy. Prerequisites: MGT 350 or equivalent,
and graduate standing.
MGT 655 Seminar
in Organization Development (3). A study of the concepts, literature
and implementation strategies of organization development. Emphasis is
placed on the effective management of planned change, approaches to organization
change, the evaluation of change efforts, and the role that organization
development can play in international business. Prerequisites: MGT 350
or equivalent, and graduate standing.
MGT 656 Seminar
in Strategic Management (3). This is the capstone course in which the
students must integrate all of the functional areas of business administration
and analyze their impact on management policy and strategy decisions by
use of the case study method. Individual, small group, and class approaches
will be used to analyze the various cases selected for study. Even though
each student will bring knowledge of his or her area of specialization
into the classroom, it is expected that the student will perform as a generalist
rather than a specialist and as a practicing manager rather than an impartial
researcher in analyzing case situations. Prerequisite: 18 hours of graduate
work in business.
MGT 657 Seminar
in International Management (3). An interdisciplinary course examining
issues in international business and management with a major focus on characteristics
and challenges of international management involving business theory and
practice, strategy and operations, human resource management and motivation,
ethics and corporate social responsibility, workforce diversity, and cross-cultural
perspectives on all these. Prerequisites: MGT 350, MKT 360 and graduate
standing.
MGT 695 Special
Problems (3). This course consists of independent study of some managerial
problem areas. A weekly conference will be scheduled with the supervising
faculty member on an individual basis. Prerequisites: 18 hours of graduate
work in business and consent of instructor.
Middle
School Education
(MID)
MID 640 Middle School
Curriculum (3). A study of the educational program designed for the
middle school. Emphasis will be placed on the basic assumptions underlying
modern trends.
Marketing
(MKT)
MKT 564 Marketing
Channels (3). The methods and processes used in the distribution of
consumer and industrial products and services. Emphasis is on the way certain
basic distribution functions are carried out in an integrated channel system.
The role of a variety of manufacturers, wholesalers and retailers as parts
of this system is analyzed. Prerequisite: MKT 360.
MKT 565 Marketing
Research (3). An introduction to research methods and procedures used
in the marketing process. Areas given emphasis include sources of market
data, sampling, surveys, interpretation of data and the relationship of
market research to the policies and functions of the business enterprise.
Prerequisites: MKT 360 and senior standing.
MKT 566 Marketing
Management (3). A problems course dealing with specialized marketing
strategies for consumers as well as industrial markets, new product development,
sales promotion, sales organization, and prices and pricing. Attention
is given to marketing research as a determinant of policy. Cases are used
extensively to emphasize analysis and decision-making. Prerequisites: MKT
360 and senior standing.
MKT 567 Marketing
Planning and Strategy (3). This course is designed to develop a comprehensive
integrated knowledge of the broad field of marketing. The course will synthesize
material presented in basic marketing; however, the major emphasis will
be on systematic analytical problem-solving, and the dynamics of decision-making
as faced by marketing management. Prerequisite: MKT 360.
MKT 568 Global Marketing
Management (3). This is the undergraduate capstone marketing course.
It covers the practice of marketing in a global economy. Major topics include
(1) multi-national environmental scanning, (2) marketing planning and strategy
in a global context, (3) tactical international marketing decisions, (4)
assessment of international market opportunities, and (5) ethical considerations
in global marketing. Prerequisite: MKT 360.
MKT 569 Promotional
Management (3). A study of the relationship of promotional activities
to other marketing activities of business and non-profit organizations.
Emphasis is placed on the interrelationships and activities of promotional
devices such as advertising, personal selling, publicity and sales promotion.
Prerequisite: MKT 360.
MKT 595 Special
Problems (1-3). This course consists of independent study in some area
of marketing. Periodic conferences will be arranged with the supervising
faculty member on an individual basis. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
MKT 644 Graduate
Cooperative Education (3). May be repeated to a maximum of six credits.
Cannot be used to meet M.B.A., M.P.A. or M.S. degree requirements. Graded
pass/fail. Prerequisite: permission of chair.
MKT 663 Advanced
Consumer Behavior (3). This course provides an overall view of some
of the basic perspectives of consumer behavior, and the consumer decision
process. Emphasis is placed on the contributions made to the understanding
of consumer behavior from the behavior sciences of economics, sociology,
psychology and anthropology. Prerequisites: MKT 360 and graduate standing.
Not open to students who have completed MKT 463.
MKT 667 Marketing
Planning and Application (3). This course is a study of marketing as
the firm's strategic link with its customers in a global competitive environment.
Major topics include (1) the development of marketing strategy, (2) the
formulation of marketing plans, (3) the selection and implementation of
marketing tactics, and (4) ethical considerations in marketing. Prerequisites:
MKT 360 and graduate standing.
MKT 669 Seminar in
Global Marketing (3). This course covers the practice of marketing in
the global economy. It develops students' abilities to engage in global
marketing strategic planning, select appropriate entry strategies and develop
responsive marketing tactics. It also enhances students' skills in using
information technology resources, assessing world markets, analyzing ethical
issues and communicating orally and in writing. Prerequisite: MKT 360 and
graduate standing. May not be taken for credit by students who have completed
MKT 568.
MKT 675 Marketing
Applications in E-Business (3). Electronic commerce is an essential
component of corporate strategies for firms in business-to-business and
business-to-consumer markets. This course focuses on marketing applications
in e-Business, with an emphasis on developing operational e-Commerce sites
in entrepreneurial enterprises with widely available applications software.
Prerequisite: MKT 360 or consent of instructor.
MKT 685 Business
Geographics for Managers (3). Business geographics (BG) refers to the
specialized application of geographic information systems (GIS) concepts
and tools to the analysis of business problems. As these tools become integrated
into corporate information systems, managers in all fields must learn to
apply them effectively in business decision making. In this course, students
will develop these skills by learning the basic operations of GIS software
and by completing several business geographics projects using this software
and a variety of data sources. Prerequisites: MKT 667 or consent of instructor.
MKT 695 Special
Problems (3). This course consists of independent study in some area
of marketing. Periodic conferences will be arranged with the supervising
faculty member on an individual basis. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
Modern
Languages
(MLA)
MLA 510 Applied
Linguistics for Second Language Teaching (3). An overview of the basic
concepts, scope, and methodology of the science of language in its historical
and descriptive aspects, including topics and issues in current linguistic
studies. The primary systems of language, psycholinguistics, and comparative
phonology are treated in depth. Prerequisite: ENG 310. Junior standing
or above. (Same as ENG/TSL 510.)
MLA 514 Methods
of Teaching Foreign Languages (3). Designed to prepare students for
the teaching of foreign languages in the public school. Current teaching
philosophies, techniques and materials, curriculum innovation, and extracurricular
activities discussed. Limited observation and performance in a language
classroom. Prerequisite: EDU 303. Junior standing or above.
MLA 520 Computer
Assisted Language Learning (3). An introduction to computer assisted
language learning (CALL), an overview of its specialized vocabulary, and
a review of research regarding its effectiveness. (Same as TSL 520.) Prerequisite:
junior standing or above.
MLA 523 Testing
and Evaluation in Second Language Teaching (3). A review of a number
of current methods for classroom/standardized language testing and evaluation.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above. (Same as TSL 523).
MLA 533 Language
and Culture (3). A study of the relationship among language, society,
and the individual's concept of reality. The course examines a variety
of anthropological and ethnographic concepts and findings as they relate
to language and language learning in its broadest context. The course will
also examine socio- and comparative linguistics, the relationship between
culture and language, and the implications for second language teaching.
(Same as ENG/TSL 533.) Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
MLA 551 Directed
Study in Modern Language I (1-3). Independent work in areas of language,
culture, or literature designed to meet the needs and interests of individual
students. Prerequisite: two years in college of the same foreign language
or the equivalent. Junior standing or above.
MLA 623 Testing
and Evaluation in Second Language Teaching (3). A review of a number
of current methods for classroom/standardized language testing and evaluation.
(Same as TSL 623)
MLA 630 Developing
Intercultural Competence (3). An overview of diverse world views, ethnic
heritages, and historical contributions of peoples from broadly defined
regions of the world and the implications for an intercultural/international
classroom setting. Prerequisite: junior standing or above. (Same as TSL
630.)
Music
(MUS)
MUS 510 Pedagogy
of Theory (2). An examination of current materials and practices in
the teaching of theory; discussion and research of the problems of theory
teaching, with particular emphasis on application to and place in the secondary
school and the junior college. (On demand)
MUS 511 Techniques
of Twentieth-Century Music (3). Looks at elements of tonal theory to
understand how music progressed toward new trends in the twentieth century.
Compositional techniques in the music of selected twentieth-century composers
will be studied and a determination of theoretical practices will be made.
Standards of judgment, justification of practices and current trends in
musical composition will be evaluated. Prerequisites: MUS 273 and 274.
MUS 512 (310) Counterpoint
(3). Contrapuntal practices from the 16th century to the modern era.
There will be particular emphasis on contrapuntal writing of the 18th century
as exemplified in the works of J.S. Bach. Study of species counterpoint,
analysis of representative composition, and writing of contrapuntal works.
Required of B.M. (performance) majors. Prerequisites: MUS 273 and 274.
MUS 513 (410) Form
and Analysis (3). A study in harmonic analysis and the forms of composition
throughout the history of music. Prerequisites: MUS 273 and 274.
MUS 514 Applied
Music Study—Percussion Instruments (1-3). One 25-minute or one 50-minute
individual instruction period per week. Credit will be given for as many
semesters as taken. Open to junior and senior classification and graduate
students. Prerequisites: completion of 400-level of applied study or the
equivalent, and permission of instructor.
MUS 515 Applied
Music Study—Wind Instruments (1-3). One 25-minute or one 50-minute
individual instruction period per week. Credit will be given for as many
semesters as taken. Open to junior and senior classification and graduate
students. Prerequisites: completion of 400-level of applied study or the
equivalent, and permission of instructor.
MUS 516 Applied
Music Study—Organ (1-3). One 25-minute or one 50-minute individual
instruction period per week. Credit will be given for as many semesters
as taken. Open to junior and senior classification and graduate students.
Prerequisites: completion of 400-level of applied study or the equivalent,
and permission of instructor.
MUS 517 Applied
Music Study—Piano (1-3) One 25-minute or one 50-minute individual instruction
period per week. Credit will be given for as many semesters as taken. Open
to junior and senior classification and graduate students. Prerequisites:
completion of 400-level of applied study or the equivalent, and permission
of instructor.
MUS 518 Applied
Music Study—String Instruments (1-3) One 25-minute or one 50-minute
individual instruction period per week. Credit will be given for as many
semesters as taken. Open to junior and senior classification and graduate
students. Prerequisites: completion of 400-level of applied study or the
equivalent, and permission of instructor.
MUS 519 Applied
Music Study—Voice (1-3) One 25-minute or one 50-minute individual instruction
period per week. Credit will be given for as many semesters as taken. Open
to junior and senior classification and graduate students. Prerequisites:
completion of 400-level of applied study or the equivalent, and permission
of instructor.
MUS 520 Keyboard
Literature and Performance Practice (2). Keyboard literature from the
pre-Baroque era through the 20th century. Stylistic considerations, performance
practices, ornamentation, etc., for each period researched and discussed.
Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. (On demand)
MUS 530 (430) Special
Topics (3). A study of selected musical topics: composers, genres,
etc. The course will allow students to study topics in a concentrated,
in-depth manner. Specific topics will vary by semester according to student
and faculty advisor interests. Credit will be given for as many semesters
as taken. Prerequisite: instructor approval.
MUS 533 String Techniques
(2). Techniques of teaching stringed instruments through participation.
Special reports and discussions on the development of string programs in
schools required. Open to advanced undergraduates with permission of department
chair. Prerequisite: MUS 133 or equivalent. (On demand)
MUS 535 Double Reed
Techniques (2). Course designed to acquaint the student with idiomatic
problems related to the construction and use of bassoon, oboe, and English
horn reeds; study includes reed construction with observation of characteristics
and relationship of the reed to tone production and quality. Prerequisite:
MUS 132 or equivalent. (On demand)
MUS 540 Piano Pedagogy
(2). Piano teaching, including the examination and evaluation of beginning
and intermediate teaching methods, analysis of technical approaches, research
into the history of piano pedagogy. Observations and supervised practice
teaching required. Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. (On demand)
MUS 541 Vocal Pedagogy
(2). Techniques, practices and materials used in the teaching of singing.
Discussion of psychological and physical developmental growth principles
applied to individual and group performance. (On demand)
MUS 550 Independent
Study in Music (1-3). Independent study for selected students. Topics,
methodology, and evaluation procedures to be approved in advance by the
instructor. Credit will be given for as many semesters as taken. Prerequisite:
consent of department chair and instructor.
MUS 593 Workshop
in Music for Teachers (1-3). A variable credit workshop with selected
topics appropriate to music educators. Credit will be given for as many
semesters as taken.
MUS 600 Historical
and Philosophical Foundations of Music Education (3). Historical and
philosophical foundations of music education; lecture and discussion with
attention to aesthetics, aesthetic education, and the relationship of music
and art to these in forming a philosophy of music education.
MUS 601 Psychological
Foundations of Music Education (3). Psychological foundations of music
education through readings, lecture, and discussion of educational learning
theories. A survey of current trends in learning theories and their implications
for teaching, supervision, administration, and evaluation in music education.
MUS 610 Advanced
Music Theory and Analysis (3). Selected composers from the Common Practice
period to the present will be studied in depth. Complete movements of works
will be studied, and proper analytical procedures and systems will be determined
and implemented. A comprehensive look at a variety of styles and genres
will be of particular importance, and emphasis will be placed on understanding
20th- century music.
MUS 612 Advanced
Choral Arranging Techniques (3). Students arrange selected songs in
a wide range of styles for various types of choral groups (women's voices,
men's voices, mixed voices and changing voices). Some arrangements to be
a
cappella and others with accompaniment. (On demand)
MUS 613 Advanced
Instrumental Arranging Techniques (3). Characteristics and accepted
scoring for all instrumental families (including strings) studied. Creative
procedures, preparation of the condensed score, symphonic full score, duplication
of parts and advanced methods of transcription studied. Prerequisite: MUS
313 or successful professional experience required. (On demand)
MUS 614 Percussion
(1-3). Credit will be given for as many semesters as taken.
MUS 615 Wind Instruments
(1-3). Credit will be given for as many semesters as taken.
MUS 616 Organ (1-3).
Credit
will be given for as many semesters as taken.
MUS 617 Piano (1-3).
Credit
will be given for as many semesters as taken.
MUS 618 Strings
(1-3). Credit will be given for as many semesters as taken.
MUS 619 Voice (1-3).
Credit
will be given for as many semesters as taken.
MUS 624 Choral Techniques
and Repertoire (3). Literature, materials and methods for teaching
choral music. Score analysis will center on developing the ability to perceive
conducting, teaching and performance problems. (On demand)
MUS 625 Marching
Band Techniques (3). Contemporary marching band practices and techniques.
(On demand)
MUS 626 Instrumental
Techniques and Repertoire (3). Literature, materials and methods for
teaching instrumental music. Score analysis will center on developing the
ability to perceive conducting, teaching and performance problems. (On
demand)
MUS 627 The Elementary
Music Program (3). Administration of the elementary school music program,
including curriculum, assessment, KERA standards, mainstreaming, gifted/talented
students, 20th-century approaches to music education, and professional
development. Prerequisites: MUS 600 and 601.
MUS 628 The Secondary
Music Program (3). This course is directed towards music planning in
the secondary school, including curriculum development and evaluation,
evaluation tools, scheduling strategies, budget and inventory control,
summer program development, community relations, faculty development and
in-service planning, and working relationships with school administrators.
Prerequisites: MUS 600 and 601.
MUS 629 Contemporary
Instructional Practices in Music Education (3). Contemporary music
education practices, with the implications of current research upon those
practices. Prerequisites: MUS 600 and 601.
MUS 639 Methods
of Research in Music Education (3). A study of procedures used to locate
sources of information, organize and interpret collected data, and apply
results of published research in music. A variety of research methods is
studied and utilized.
MUS 644 Graduate
Cooperative Education (3). May be repeated to a maximum of six credits.
Graded pass/fail. Prerequisite: permission of chair.
MUS 650 Problems
and Projects in Music (1-4). Course designed to accommodate individual
projects for selected students. Project reports will be presented orally
and/or in writing. Credit will be given for as many semesters as taken.
Prerequisites: consent of departmental chair and instructor.
MUS 651 University
Orchestra (1). The ensemble will study and perform symphonic literature
from a variety of style periods. Credit will be given for as many semesters
as taken. Audition required.
MUS 652 Marching
Band (1). The marching band develops an understanding of musical styles
and skills through study and performance. Credit will be given for as many
semesters as taken. Audition required.
MUS 654 Symphonic
Wind Ensemble (1). The ensemble develops an understanding of representative
wind band literature through study and performance. Credit will be given
for as many semesters as taken. Audition required.
MUS 655 Jazz Ensemble
(1). The ensemble develops an understanding of representative jazz
styles and skills through study and performance. Credit will be given for
as many semesters as taken. Audition required.
MUS 657 Symphonic
Band (1). The symphonic band develops an understanding of musical styles
and skills through study and performance. Credit will be given for as many
semesters as taken. Audition required.
MUS 659 Advanced
Music History and Literature (3). The student will explore in further
depth the development of music in history through stylistic elements as
found in the standard repertoire. Each of these musical elements will be
traced from plainchant through music of the 20th century, with special
emphasis on innovative trends, perspectives, and genres.
MUS 660 University
Chorale (1). Course dedicated to the study and performance of a wide
variety of choral literature from all major style periods and genres. The
development of basic musical skills and vocal function is emphasized.
MUS 661 Concert
Choir (1). Course dedicated to the study and performance of a wide
variety of choral literature from all major style periods and genres. The
continued development of musical skills and vocal function is emphasized.
Audition required.
MUS 662 Chamber
Singers (1). The group will study and perform a wide variety of choral
literature from all major style periods and genres, with special attention
to that body of work composed specifically for small vocal ensembles. Audition
required. Requires concurrent enrollment in MUS 661.
MUS 664 Opera Workshop
(1-2). Provides experiences for singers to gain experience in opera/music
theatre repertoire through participation in full performances or staged
scenes. Only students with major roles may take MUS 664 for two credits
with permission of the instructor. Credit will be given for as many semesters
as taken. Audition required.
MUS 670 Chamber
Ensembles (1). Small ensembles concentrating on chamber music literature.
Emphasis will be placed on developing chamber ensemble skills. Credit will
be given for as many semesters as taken. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
MUS 698 Music Thesis
I (3). The initial preparation of a significant study of a topic deemed
appropriate by the student's research director and research committee.
This topic could be an outgrowth of an idea from previous coursework or
may emanate from discussion with faculty and peers. Prerequisites: MUS
600, 601, 610, 639 and 659.
MUS 699 Music Thesis
II (3). The continuation of a significant study of a topic deemed appropriate
by the student's research director and research committee. Prerequisite:
MUS 698.
Nutrition
(NTN)
NTN 531 Food Economics
(3). A study of the economical, legislative, physical and microbiological
factors that affect the food supply during processing, packaging and distribution.
Lecture, three hours; laboratory, arranged.
NTN 532 Advanced
Nutrition (3). Advanced study of nutrition and human metabolism with
emphasis on recent research. Diet pattern inter-relationship in physical
health; research procedures and interpretation used in an individual project.
The field of dietetics, its professional roles and responsibilities. Lecture,
three hours. Prerequisites: FCS 230, chemistry and biology.
NTN 535 Medical
Nutrition Therapy and Disease (3). Understanding the role of nutrition
in the pathophysiology of disease: developing therapeutic diets in the
treatment of common medical condition. Prerequisites: BIO 199, CHE 105,
NTN 230 and 233.
NTN 536 Methods
in Medical Nutrition Therapy (3). Understanding medical nutrition therapies
involving diseases of carbohydrate metabolism and protein metabolism. Comprehensive
approaches to nutrition therapy via oral, enteral and parenteral methods.
Prerequisites: BIO 199, CHE 105, NTN 230 and 233.
NTN 597 Trends and
Issues in Nutrition and Foods (1-3). Topics may differ from semester
to semester depending on program needs. Investigation of current problems,
issues and topics in food, nutrition and dietetics. May be repeated when
topic differs.
NTN 632 Nutritional
Aspects of Cultures (3). An exploration and in-depth study of the origin
and development of nutritional patterns of regional and ethnic cultural
groups in the United States. Research projects are required. Students will
gain understanding of the nutritional aspects of various cultural food
ways through library research, interview techniques, and hands-on experiences.
NTN 640 Dietetics Clinical
Training Primer (2). An intensive assessment and review course preparing
student clinicians for the hospital dietetics clinical training program.
Includes assessment of student competency, rules of general conduct, and
review of principles of clinical nutrition and food service management.
Prerequisite: admission to the Clinical Training Program in Dietetics.
NTN 641 Nutrition Therapy
I (2). A combined didactic and clinical practice course on nutrition
therapy encompassing classroom instruction and planned work experiences
in a pre-approved hospital training site. Students have the opportunity
to apply principles of nutrition therapy in a functional setting. Prerequisite:
NTN 640.
NTN 642 Foodservice
Management (3). A combined didactic and clinical practice course on
foodservice management encompassing classroom instruction and planned work
experiences in a pre-approved hospital training site. Students have the
opportunity to apply principles of foodservice management in a functional
setting. Prerequisite: NTN 640.
NTN 643 Community Nutrition
(2). A combined didactic and clinical practice course on community nutrition
encompassing classroom
instruction and
planned work experiences in a pre-approved hospital training site. Students
have the opportunity to apply principles of
nutrition therapy
in a functional setting. Prerequisite: NTN 640.
NTN 650 Dietetics Clinical
Training Primer II (2). An intensive course preparing student clinicians
for the second semester of the Clinical Training Program in Dietetics.
Includes review of principles of advanced clinical nutrition and foodservice
management. Prerequisites: NTN 640, 641, 642 and 643.
NTN 651 Nutrition Therapy
II (4). A combined didactic and clinical practice course on advanced
medical nutrition therapies encompassing classroom instruction and planned
work experiences in a pre-approved hospital training sites. Students have
the opportunity to apply principles of advanced nutrition therapies in
a functional setting. Prerequisite: NTN 650.
NTN 652 Business Entrepreneur
(1). A combined didactic and clinical practice course on principles
of business development and business management encompassing classroom
instruction and planned work experiences in a pre-approved hospital training
sites. Students have the opportunity to develop a business plan in their
area of interest. Prerequisites: NTN 650, 651.
NTN 653 Culminating
Experience (2). A combined didactic and clinical practice course on
professional development, professional practice and supervised practice
in the dietetics profession. Prerequisites: NTN 650, 651, 652.
NTN 656 Nutrition Research
Literature Review (1-2). Course enables the student to complete an in-depth
literature review on a nutrition research focus area in preparation for
NTN 660. The research focus area must be approved by the student's graduate
program advisor.
NTN 660 Research Project
in Nutrition (4). An advanced nutrition research focusing upon the student's
area of research interest, enabling the student to survey and review the
research literature, collect and analyze research data and prepare the
research paper. Prerequisites: NTN 650.
NTN 680 Independent
Study in Nutrition (1-3). Course designed to permit independent graduate
study in selected areas of nutrition, dietetics, and food management. Prerequisite:
permission of the department chair or graduate coordinator.
Nursing
(NUR)
NUR 515 Medical
Ethics (3). Study of moral issues in medical ethics such as the rights
of patients (truth-telling, confidentiality), the duties of health professionals,
the allocation of scarce medical resources, and euthanasia. (Same as PHI
515.)
NUR 520 Critical
Care Concepts and Application (3). A theoretical course which presents
physiological and psychological concepts and their application relevant
to critical care nursing practice. Theory focuses on the nursing process
during phases of common major dysfunction. The application of theory is
addressed through a case study format with use of simulated clinical lab
experiences.
NUR 537 Complementary
Healing Modalities (3). A combined theory/clinical course which explores
complementary healing modalities as therapeutic nursing interventions that
can be used with traditional medical practices or when traditional medical
practices offer no cure or relief. A specific complementary healing modality
(therapeutic touch) will be fully examined and practiced in the field setting.
Prerequisites: NUR 204 or R.N. status; both must meet clinical requirements.
NUR 540 Directed
Study (1-3). Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
NUR 550 Independent
Study (1-3). Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
NUR 603 (503) Concepts
and Theories in Nursing (3). Introduction to the nature and uses of
theory and the process of theory construction. Major theories of nursing
and concepts and theories from the sciences basic to nursing are analyzed
with emphasis on implications for nursing practices. Prerequisite: Admission
to MSN program or approval of instructor.
NUR 605 (505) Issues
in Rural Health Care (3). Examines similarities and differences between
rural and urban residents as they relate to health and the health care
system. Compares ethical theories and implications for decision-making.
Explores the evolution of our present health care system, initiatives for
change and issues related to rural health care agencies. Examines the existing
and future roles for nursing in rural America and impact on health. Prerequisite:
Admission to MSN program or approval of instructor.
NUR 606 Scientific
Foundations in Anesthesia I (5). This course is designed to provide
an in-depth understanding of physiological principles as they apply to
normal, pathological and clinical alterations in the respiratory system.
In addition, the principles of chemistry and physics as applied to clinical
nurse anesthesia will be presented. Prerequisite: Admission to nurse anesthesia
program.
NUR 607 Scientific
Foundations in Anesthesia II (5). This course is designed to provide
an in-depth understanding of physiological principles as they apply to
normal, pathological and clinical alterations in cellular and neurophysiology.
In addition, this course emphasizes the general principles of pharmacology
as applied to the administration of anesthesia. Prerequisites: NUR 606
and 632.
NUR 608 Scientific
Foundations in Anesthesia III (5). This course emphasizes the general
principles of pharmacology as applied to the administration of adjunct
drugs utilized during anesthesia. In addition, this course will present
an in-depth understanding of physiological principles as they apply to
normal, pathological and clinical alterations in endocrine, renal and hepatic
physiology. Prerequisites: NUR 606, 607, 632 and 633.
NUR 609 Scientific
Foundations in Anesthesia IV (4). This course is designed to provide
an in-depth understanding of physiological principles as they apply to
normal, pathological and clinical alterations in cardiovascular physiology.
The last component of this course will consist of the completion of general
principles of adjunct drugs utilized during anesthesia. Prerequisites:
NUR 606, 607, 608, 632, 633 and 634.
NUR 622 Diagnosis
and Management of Adult Health Problems (3). Course designed to provide
the CNS student the foundation necessary for the diagnosis and management
of episodic illness and/or acute exacerbation of chronic illness in acutely
or critically ill adult patients. Emphasis is placed on patient care problems
organized by systems in the context of the nursing process, the CNS spheres
of influence and advanced standards of practice and professional performance.
BIO 522; NUR 520, 603, 605, 641, and 642.
NUR 623 Advanced
Adult Nursing I (4). Course focuses on role development of the Clinical
Nurse Specialist (CNS), theory-based practice and interrelationships among
concepts, phenomena, human responses and nursing therapeutics. Values,
beliefs, and attitudes about advanced nursing, health and holism are explored
within the rural setting. Emphasis is placed on the expert practitioner
in the acute care setting and the educator subroles. Prerequisites: BIO
522; NUR 603, 605, 641, and 642. Corequisite: NUR 622.
NUR 624 Advanced
Adult Nursing II (4). Building on NUR 623 and NUR 649, this course
continues role development of the Clinical Nurse Specialist (CNS). Theory-based
practice and interrelationships among concepts, phenomena, human responses
and nursing therapeutics, and influence/change with the organization/network
are examined in greater depth. Role development focus is on the subroles
of expert practitioner in the diagnosis and treatment of chronic health
and rehabilitation as they relate to adult health; leader; and researcher.
Prerequisite: NUR 623 and 649.
NUR 630 (530)Research
in Nursing (3). The examination and analysis of the methods and processes
of systematic investigation of nursing phenomena. Critical analysis of
nursing research studies is emphasized. Formulation of a researchable nursing
problem and the strategy for its investigation is expected. Prerequisite:
NUR 603.
NUR 631 Research
Applications in Nursing (3). Builds on NUR 630 and NUR 695. Provides
the student with the opportunity to synthesize knowledge of the conduct
of research and building of the body of scientific knowledge in nursing.
The focus is on the management and interpretation of data and application
and dissemination of findings. Prerequisite: NUR 630.
NUR 632 Principles
of Anesthesia Practice I (4). This course introduces the student to
those concepts necessary to plan and execute an anesthetic individualized
for the patient which ensures a margin of patient safety while meeting
the surgical requirements. Prerequisite: Admission to nurse anesthesia
program.
NUR 633 Principles
of Anesthesia Practice II (2). Focuses on the role of the nurse anesthetist
during the perioperative period. This course describes agents, techniques,
indications, contra-indications and complications relevant to regional
anesthesia practice. Case management strategies are developed for the care
of the obstetric patient undergoing anesthetic intervention. Prerequisites:
NUR 606 and 632.
NUR 634 Principles
of Anesthesia Practice III (2). Case management strategies are developed
for the care of the pediatric patient; the patient requiring general, genitourinary
or orthopedic surgical procedures; and patients undergoing anesthetic intervention
due to traumatic injuries. Prerequisites: NUR 606, 607, 632, and 633.
NUR 635 Principles
of Anesthesia Practice IV (3). Case management strategies are developed
for the care of patients as they relate to specialty procedures such as
open heart surgery, neurological anesthesia, thoracic surgery and endocrine
surgery. This course will conclude with the specific anesthetic implications
of outpatient anesthesia. Prerequisites: NUR 606, 607, 608, 609, 632, 633,
and 634.
NUR 641 Advanced
Nursing Assessment for Health Promotion and Maintenance (4). A combined
theory/practicum course which focuses on health care in a rural setting.
Through comprehensive, holistic health assessment the focus is on the development
of therapeutic plans and implementation of health promotion and maintenance
activities for the family as a whole as well as individual members. Emphasis
is placed on advanced health assessment, growth and development across
the lifespan, health promotion and maintenance, and beginning socialization
into the professional role of an advanced practice nurse. Prerequisite:
Admission to graduate nursing program. Corequisite: BIO 522, admission
to M.S.N. program.
NUR 642 Advanced
Pharmacology (3). This course is designed to provide the advanced practice
nurse with the theoretical and scientific basis for utilizing pharmacotherapeutics
in advanced nursing practice. Throughout the course the role of clinical
protocols and the privileges and responsibilities of prescription are emphasized.
Prerequisites: BIO 522 and admission to M.S.N. program.
NUR 644 Primary
Care of the Family I (6). This is the first of a two-course sequence
designed to provide advanced knowledge of acute and chronic health problems
of individuals and families of various age groups in rural settings. Emphasis
is placed on pathology, assessments, diagnoses, therapeutic modalities
and evaluations related to specific health problems of various age groups,
including high-risk pregnancy, perinatal health care and geriatric health
care. Additional role parameters of the family nurse practitioner will
be included. A practicum is included in this course. Prerequisites: BIO
522, NUR 603, 605, 641. Corequisites: NUR 630, 642.
NUR 645 Primary
Care of the Family II (7). This is the second of a two-course sequence
designed to provide advanced knowledge of acute and chronic health care
problems of individuals and families of various age groups in rural settings.
Emphasis is placed on pathology, assessments, diagnoses, therapeutic modalities
and evaluations related to management of acute and chronic problems within
the context of the family including special problems related to the aged.
Additional role parameters of the family nurse practitioner will be included.
A practicum is included in this course. Prerequisite: NUR 644.
NUR 649 Advanced
Clinical Nurse Specialist Practicum I (3). Building on NUR 623, this
course continues role development of the Clinical Nurse Specialist (CNS).
Theory-based practice and interrelationship among concepts, phenomena,
human responses, nursing therapeutics, and influence/change within the
organization/network are examined in greater depth. Role development focus
is on the sub-roles of expert practitioner in the acute care setting and
collaboration/consultation. Emphasis will be placed on holistic client
assessment, prescriptive authority, and the standards of advanced practice.
Prerequisite: NUR 623.
NUR 650 Advanced
Clinical Nurse Specialist Integration Practicum II (4). Fourth course
in a four-semester sequence designed to provide the opportunity to integrate
and synthesize the components of theory, practice and research while focusing
on role development as a clinical nurse specialist. Emphasis will be placed
on holistic client system assessment, testing of knowledge acquired, application
of research findings, and multi-disciplinary collaboration and consultation
with creative use of nursing strategies for the adult client. Prerequisites:
NUR 623, 624 and 649.
NUR 651 Clinical
Practicum I (3). Provides the student opportunity to apply the theories
of nurse anesthesiology practice in the functional setting. Involves supervised
experience in the role of the nurse anesthetist. Prerequisites: NUR 606,
607, 608, 609, 632, 633 and 634.
NUR 652 Clinical
Practicum II (3). Offers practical experience and daily participation
in anesthetic administration and related patient care. Designed to comprehensively
promote growth, awareness and competence in the skills and experiences
required prior to readiness for independent practice and certification
process. Prerequisites: NUR 606, 607, 608, 609, 632, 633, 634, 635 and
651.
NUR 653 Clinical
Practicum III (3). Offers practical experience and daily participation
in anesthetic administration and related patient care. Designed to comprehensively
promote growth, awareness and competence in the skills and experiences
required prior to readiness for independent practice and certification
process. Prerequisites: NUR 606, 607, 608, 609, 632, 633, 634, 635, 651
and 652.
NUR 654 Advanced
Family Nurse Practitioner Integration Practicum (9). This practicum
offers experience in integrating and synthesizing components of theory,
practice and research. Focus is on role development of the family nurse
practitioner in the rural setting. Through comprehensive, holistic health
assessment the focus is on the development of therapeutic plans and health
promotion and maintenance activities for the family as a whole as well
as individual members. Emphasis will be on integrating all previous course
work and assimilating the nurse practitioner role. Prerequisite: NUR 645.
Corequisite: NUR 631.
NUR 655 Seminar in
Nurse Anesthesia I (3). Focuses on pertinent didactic information necessary
for integration into clinical practice. Students participate in the development
of strategies to manage critical and/or infrequent clinical anesthesia
related problems. Prerequisites: NUR 605 and 651. Corequisites: NUR 635
and 652.
NUR 656 Seminar in
Nurse Anesthesia II (3). This course builds/expands on NUR 655. Students
participate in the development of strategies to manage critical and/or
infrequent clinical anesthesia related problems. Prerequisites: NUR 635,
652, and 655. Corequisite: NUR 653.
NUR 660 Special Topics
(3). This course is designed to assist students in expanding their knowledge
base and developing additional skills in the field of nursing. May be repeated
twice for credit. Courses taught as special topics may have a field or
clinical component (two hours lecture plus three hours lab). These will
be further defined within the particular course. Prerequisite is permission
of instructor.
NUR 695 Research
Project (3). The research project is one of the research options within
the Department of Nursing. Students choose a research project director
who then assists in the development of the research topic and the conduct
of the study. Students must follow the Department of Nursing's Research
Project Guidelines. Prerequisite: NUR 630.
NUR 698 Thesis (3).
NUR 699 Thesis (3).
Occupational
Safety and Health
(OSH)
OSH 511 Hazardous
Waste Site Operations (3). This course will train the student to become
a hazardous materials specialist. The course will explore the various aspects
of the hazardous waste site (especially Superfund Sites), including rights
and responsibilities, hazard recognition and monitoring.
OSH 523 Occupational
Diseases (3). Survey of occupational diseases covering routes of entry
and modes of action. In particular, the pathogenicity, epidemiology and
diagnosis of occupational diseases will be stressed as they relate to chemical,
biological and radiological hazards, dermatoses, airway diseases, plant
and wood hazards, chemical carcinogens, and pesticides. Prerequisite: CHE
106 or CHE 210.
OSH 527 Air Contaminants
and Industrial Ventilation (3). A course examining air contaminant
problems, gas calculations, and industrial ventilation. This course covers
the EPA laws and regulations, and the scientific principles and controls
of classical air pollution problems. It also focuses on the engineering
evaluation and design of industrial ventilation systems. Prerequisite:
OSH 320 or consent of instructor. (Same as CET 527.)
OSH 536 Motor Fleet
Safety (3). A basic introduction to problems and practices of motor
fleet safety programming with emphasis on regulatory requirements.
OSH 545 Loss Control
Measurement and Management (3). An analysis of actual or potential
exposures to hazards and their resultant losses posed by agents, energy
forms, forces and substances in the workplace; measuring the loss exposures
created by those hazards; and managing the appropriate counter-measuring
to compensate for perils presented by those losses. Prerequisite: OSH 192,
287, 353, and 420.
OSH 546 Fundamentals
of Risk Control (3). An analysis of risk control as a component of risk
management, the systematic process of managing an organization's risk exposures
to achieve its business objectives in a manner consistent with public interest,
human safety, environmental factors, and the law. Risk control consists
of the administrative, procedural and engineering activities undertaken
with the intent of preventing accidental or unplanned loss consistent with
the organization's overall risk management plan.
OSH 550 Safety and
Health Program Management and Training (3). The concepts, relationships
and principles of managing the occupational safety and health function
and the development of training procedures and practices to integrate that
function into the organization. Prerequisite: OSH 192 and 287.
OSH 571 Problems
in Safety and Health (1-3). Individual study and research relating
to safety and health. May be repeated for a maximum credit of six hours.
Prerequisites: approval of problem before registering for course and junior
standing.
OSH 578 Workshop
in Safety and Health (1-3). Workshops on topics pertinent to industry
and technology. May be repeated for a maximum credit of six hours.
OSH 591 Engineering
and Technical Aspects of Safety (3). A study of the properties and
applications of industrial materials, manufacturing processes, engineering
graphics, electricity, materials testing, selected plant facilities and
other aspects of the work environment. Emphasis is placed on the application
of this information to safety practices, hazard mitigation and loss control.
Prerequisites: OSH 192 and ITD 120.
OSH 621 Industrial
Hygiene II (3). Advanced, in-depth study of harmful chemical, biological
and physical agents found in the workplace. Emphasis is on analytical methods,
control measures, and monitoring and surveillance techniques. Prerequisite:
OSH 420.
OSH 622 Toxicology
of Industrial Materials (3). A study of the environmental and occupational
health effects and hazards associated with the exposure to industrial chemicals
and contaminants. Emphasis is given to laboratory animal and statistical
risk toxicological studies and case histories, compliance testing and engineering
controls. Prerequisite: OSH 420.
OSH 626 Industrial
Hygiene Sampling Strategies (3). Advanced in-depth study of the approaches
to workplace sampling. Emphasis is on statistical sampling methods, passive
monitoring, colorimetric devices, breathing zone and area sampling strategies.
Course work will include laboratory exercises and field experience. Prerequisites:
OSH 420, PHY 120 and PSY 200.
OSH 637 Biostatistics
and Probability (3). The study and application of biostatistics and
probability distributions in environmental and health-related sampling.
Emphasis is given to hypothesis testing and graphical determination of
confidence intervals. This course will also cover the use and application
of log scales and their application in log-normal distributions. Prerequisite:
MAT 135.
OSH 644 Graduate
Cooperative Education (3). May be repeated for a maximum of six credits.
Prerequisite: permission of chair. Graded pass/fail.
OSH 650 OSH Organizational
Leadership and Management (3). An overview of the safety and health
leader's role in accomplishing organizational objectives emphasizing leadership
and management. Concepts covered include safety and health-related leadership
issues, implementation of codes and standards, integration of leadership
with safety engineering and management principles as well as leadership
skills including communication, motivation, initiating change, team building,
delegation, and credibility. Prerequisite: graduate status.
OSH 654 Philosophy
of Safety and Health (3). Examination of past and current philosophical
beliefs, practices and approaches to controlling safety and health hazards,
risks exposure, accidents and loss.
OSH 655 Legal Aspects
of Safety and Health (3). An analysis of legislation, liability and
litigation in safety and health.
OSH 656 Ergonomics
and Biomechanics (3). This course is concerned with the health, behavioral
and technical sciences and their role in the reduction of worker stress.
These factors are thus related to the neuro-muscular and skeletal systems
and the mechanics involved in efficient workplace design.
OSH 657 Current
Literature and Research in Safety and Health (3). Survey of current
literature and research in safety and health, including accident causation
and prevention, hazard abatement, risk management, and loss control. Prerequisite:
graduate standing.
OSH 658 Introduction
to Occupational Epidemiology (3). This course will give the students
an overview of biostatistics which relate to occupational field investigations,
including rates, ratios and proportions, charts, tables and graphs; the
2x2 table; measures of central tendency; and significance testing. Basic
principles of epidemiology necessary to understand scientific literature,
monitor data in industry, and/or to conduct scientific investigations or
surveillance activities will be taught. The major types of epidemiologic
study (cohort, case referent and cross-sectional) will be described. Students
will learn how to calculate rate ratios, odds radio and attributable risk.
Epidemiologic principles of reliability, validity, bias, screening, and
surveillance will be discussed.
OSH 663 Applied
Workplace Ergonomics (3). This course is designed to provide the student
the opportunity to apply the principles of ergonomics to the work environment.
It is intended to offer students practical experience in applying ergonomics
through the development of an industrial case study.
OSH 670 Internship
in Safety and Health (3). Supervised work experience in safety and
health-related operations focusing on the career objectives and educational
objectives of the student. Evaluation of the experience made by the department.
Graded pass/fail.
OSH 680 Graduate
Seminar in Occupational Safety and Health (3). This course involves
on-site analysis of safety and health programs of area industries. Students
are exposed to a variety of industrial settings and have the opportunity
to interact with practicing safety and health professionals. Extensive
weekly travel is required. Students also organize and present a seminar
related to occupational safety and health.
OSH 687 (587) Wastewater
Treatment (3). A study of the operation and process design of wastewater
treatment systems. This course focuses on aerobic biological treatment
and process control for the activated sludge system. Topics will include
treatment evaluations, trouble shooting, system design, and operational
control strategies. Prerequisites: OSH 320 or consent of instructor.
OSH 689 (589) Solid
and Hazardous Waste Treatment (3). A study of the engineering related
principles and practices utilized in the solid and hazardous waste treatment
and disposal field. Topics include sludge treatment and dewatering, RCRA
hazardous waste regulations, waste minimization, incineration, landfills,
and groundwater monitoring and modeling. Prerequisites: OSH 320 or consent
of instructor.
OSH 697 Research
in Environmental Health and Safety (3). Designed to address issues
and problems related to the environment and to scientifically reach solutions
to existing and potential problems and hazards that threaten the health
and safety in any industrial/environmental setting. Prerequisite: consent
of instructor.
OSH 698 Thesis (3).
OSH 699 Thesis (3).
Physical
Education
(PHE)
PHE 530 Intramurals
and Interscholastic Athletics (3). A study of the administration policies
and problems of intramurals and athletic programs on the high school and
collegiate level. Students taking this course for graduate credit will
be required to do additional work.
PHE 601 School and
Community Recreation (3). Study of the role of public education in
the total recreation program of the community.
PHE 602 Legal Issues
in Sport and Physical Activity (3). This course is designed to help
the student develop knowledge, understanding, and appreciation of the law
and legal issues as related to sport and physical activities. (Same as
REC 602.)
PHE 605 Curriculum
in Health and Physical Education (3). A course designed to acquaint
the student with the aims and objectives of curriculum design; to alert
the student to innovations, new techniques and research in this area; and
to equip the student with guidelines for good curriculum construction.
(Same as HEA 605.)
PHE 615 Model Physical
Education Programs (3). This course is designed to help teachers and
administrators identify exemplary transferrable models of teaching and
programming which they can adapt or adopt for their own professional use.
PHE 620 Current
Trends and Issues in Health and Physical Education (3). A review of
the current research in the fields of health and physical education.
PHE 630 Special
Topics (3). Seminar for graduate students relating to a current topic
in the fields of health and physical education. May be repeated once for
credit.
PHE 680 Independent
Study in Health and Physical Education (1-3). Prerequisite: permission
of program coordinator.
PHE 698 Thesis (3).
PHE 699 Thesis (3).
Philosophy
(PHI)
PHI 501 Philosophy
of Religion (3). A study of philosophical issues in consideration of
religion, such as the basis for religious belief, the nature of religion,
the cogency of talk about God, the meaning of evil. (Same as RGS 501.)
PHI 502 Philosophy
of History (3). A study of some of the philosophical theories of history
as found in the writings of such men as Augustine, Hegel, Marx, Spengler,
and Collingwood.
PHI 503 Advanced
Logic (3). A study of logical systems and procedures, beginning with
Aristotle and continuing to the present time.
PHI 505 Analytic
Philosophy (3). A study of logical positivism, logical atomism, and
linguistic analysis.
PHI 506 Political
Philosophy (3). An analysis of various political philosophies.
PHI 507 British
Empiricism (3). An examination of the development of empiricism in
the writings of Locke, Berkeley, and Hume.
PHI 508 Continental
Rationalism (3). An analysis of the epistemological, metaphysical and
ethical problems involved in the philosophy of such thinkers as Descartes,
Spinoza, and Leibniz.
PHI 509 Existentialism
(3). A survey of the central ideas and implications of existentialism
as found in major writings of such representatives of this movement as
Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Sartre, Jaspers, and Heidegger.
PHI 510 Dewey (3).
A study of some of Dewey's writings which contribute to such fields as
ethics, education, aesthetics, politics, logic, and metaphysics.
PHI 511 Metaphysics
(3). A study of such philosophical topics as knowledge, time, space,
substance, causation, deity, truth, and identity.
PHI 515 Medical
Ethics (3). Study of moral issues in medical ethics such as the rights
of patients (truth-telling, confidentiality), the duties of health professionals,
the allocation of scarce medical resources, and euthanasia. (Same as NUR
515.)
PHI 520 Plato (3).
An exegetical study of representative dialogues such as Ion, Protagoras,
Apology, Phaedo, Republic, Parmenides, Symposium, and the Seventh
Letter.
PHI 521 Aristotle
(3). An intensive study of some of Aristotle's works.
PHI 522 Hume (3).
An intensive study of An Enquiry Concerning the Principles of Morals,Dialogues
Concerning Natural Religion, and selections from other works, particularly
A
Treatise of Human Nature.
PHI 523 Kant (3).
An intensive study of some of Kant's works, especially The Critique
of Pure Reason.
PHI 525 Aesthetics
(3). Historic and contemporary theories of art and the arts, the work-of-art,
the nature of artistic activity, art as social institution, the status
of appreciative, valuative, and critical discourse in and about the arts.
PHI 530 Phenomenology
(3). A survey of the development of phenomenology as a method, from
a study of the writings of Husserl, Heidegger, Sartre, and their successors.
PHI 538 Philosophies
of Man (3). A study of classical and modern philosophies of human nature.
PHI 539 Philosophy
of Mind (3). Examination of traditional and contemporary analyses of
mind, perception, sensation, will and intentionality, with emphasis upon
the positions developed by Russell, Wittgenstein, Ryle, and Austin.
PHI 540 Seminar
(3). Study of selected topics or the thought of a particular philosopher.
This course may be repeated for credit.
PHI 550 Directed
Study (1-3). Readings or other study in advanced topics. This course
may be repeated for credit.
PHI 640 Special Topics
(3). An examination of a traditional or contemporary topic in philosophy.
May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: permission of philosophy program
coordinator.
PHI 650 Directed Study
(1-3). Supervised independent work in philosophy. May be taken more
than once for credit. Prerequisite: permission of philosophy program coordinator.
Physics
and Engineering
(PHY)
PHY 505 Meteorology
(3). Descriptive treatment of weather phenomena. Course covers weather
changes, air masses and fronts; collection and use of meteorological data;
study of maps and weather forecasting. Not applicable toward master of
science degree. Graduate credit for M.A.T. candidates only.
PHY 513 Principles
of Astronomy and Meteorology (3). An examination of the principal objects
of the solar system and the stellar universe and the fundamental theories
concerning them. Examination and discussion of the composition and structure
of the earth's atmosphere. Atmospheric motions, weather systems and weather
forecasting. Graduate credit for M.A.T. candidates only.
PHY 515 Special
Topics (3). Topics of current interest in physics and engineering.
Delivery methods may include lecture, seminar, directed study, and laboratory.
May be repeated for credit as different topics are featured. Prerequisite:
consent of instructor.
PHY 520 Independent
Study (1-3). Supervised reading course in specialized topics for upper-division
students of high standing. May be repeated for a maximum of three hours.
Prerequisites: major and consent of instructor.
PHY 530 Mechanics
I (3). Dynamics of particles, coordinate transformation, and non-inertial
reference systems. Celestial mechanics. Dynamics of systems of particles.
Prerequisites: PHY 255 and MAT 411 (or concurrent registration).
PHY 531 Mechanics
II (3). General motion of rigid bodies. Lagrangian mechanics, theory
of small vibrations and special theory of relativity. Prerequisite: PHY
530.
PHY 535 Introduction
to Quantum Mechanics (3). Fundamental course in non-relativistic quantum
mechanics. Prerequisite: PHY 580 or concurrent registration.
PHY 565 AC and DC
Circuit Analysis (4). Kirchoff's laws, Thevenin and Norton's theorems,
super-position and reciprocity theorems, properties of L, C, R circuits,
filters and resonance. Graduate credit for M.A.T. candidates only.
PHY 567 Communications
Systems (4). Filtering and signal bandwidth. Introduction to information
theory, encoding and decoding, linear and digital electronic implementation.
Two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: PHY 366.
PHY 568 Digital
Memory Systems (4). Memory hierarchy. Automatic error detection and
correction. Shared and multiport memory systems. Interprocessor communications.
Introduction to computer networking. Prerequisite: CSC 405 or PHY 378.
PHY 569 Microprocessor
Techniques (3). Architecture of various microprocessors, assembly of
useful microcomputers using one or more of the popular microprocessors,
technique of interfacing to microcomputers, programming microcomputers,
importance of microcomputers in logic design. Prerequisite: PHY 378.
PHY 570 Introduction
to Modern Physics (3). Concepts of atomic, nuclear, solid state and
particle physics. Philosophical, historical and cultural aspects are discussed.
Prerequisite: PHY 255 or 121. Open to graduate, non-physics students only.
Restriction: A student cannot receive credit for PHY 570 if the student
has credit for PHY 370.
PHY 575 Solid State
Physics (3). Fundamental physical properties of the solid state of
matter. Prerequisite: PHY 460.
PHY 580 Modern Physics
I (3). An investigation of the physical phenomena explained since 1900
by the introduction of the discreteness of nature and the wave-particle
duality, leading to the development of wave mechanics. Topics include Planck
radiation, photoelectric and Compton effects, pair production and annihilation,
the nuclear atom and Bohr theory, the deBroglie hypothesis, the Schroedinger
equation and applications to atomic physics. Prerequisites: PHY 460 or
530.
PHY 581 Modern Physics
II (3). Continuation of PHY 580 including angular momentum theory,
perturbation theory, L-S coupling, Zeeman effects, nuclear properties,
reactions and structures, particle accelerators and elementary particle
physics. Prerequisite: PHY 580.
PHY 583 Applied
Optics (3). Fresnel diffraction, polarization, Maxwell's equations,
laser theory and application, holography, spatial filtering and applications.
Prerequisites: PHY 350 and 460.
PHY 590 Mathematical
Methods in Physics and Engineering I (3). Applications of mathematics
to physical and engineering problems, curvilinear coordinates, analytic
functions, transform theory, convolutions, Fourier series. Prerequisites:
MAT 411, PHY 330 or 530 or consent of instructor.
PHY 591 Mathematical
Methods in Physics and Engineering II (3). Solutions of partial differential
equations, special functions, Green's function. Prerequisite: PHY 590 or
consent of instructor.
PHY 592 Problems
in Advanced Physics and Engineering I (3). An applied course for advanced
students in physics and engineering. The problems will be planned on an
individual basis with topics including Monte Carlo and molecular dynamics
techniques, fluidized-bed and numerical fluid dynamics, surface physics,
cloud and aerosol physics, crystal growth and analog modeling of experiments.
Students will be required to design, implement and test appropriate strategies
for the solution of the chosen problem using their knowledge and understanding
of basic physics and engineering principles. Prerequisite: CSC 420 or MAT
442 or consent of instructor.
PHY 593 Problems
in Advanced Physics and Engineering II (3). A continuation of PHY 592.
Prerequisites: PHY 592 or consent of instructor.
PHY 595 Advanced
Laboratory II (1-2). A continuation of PHY 495. Two to four hours laboratory
per week. May be repeated for a maximum of two hours. Prerequisite: consent
of instructor.
PHY 596 The History
of Modern Physics (3). A detailed examination of the origin of quantum
theory. Consideration is given to the notable works of Planck, Lorentz,
Einstein, Stark, Haas, Sommerfeld, Nernst, Bohr and others. Senior standing
in physics with a 3.25 average in major. Lectures and conferences.
PHY 599 Senior Research
(1-3). Introduction to research practices, periodicals and literature
of physics. Problems arranged individually with staff members. Formal,
scientific report of work required. Prerequisites: senior standing and
permission of staff.
PHY 620 Independent
Study (1-3). Supervised reading course in advanced topics for graduate
students. May be repeated for a maximum of three hours. Prerequisites:
major and consent of instructor.
PHY 630 Theoretical
Mechanics (3). Advanced mechanics of particles, systems of particles,
and continuous media. Prerequisite: PHY 530 or equivalent.
PHY 635 Quantum
Mechanics I (3). Matrix and wave mechanical methods for problems in
the structure of matter. Prerequisite: PHY 535 or equivalent.
PHY 636 Quantum
Mechanics II (3). Continuation of PHY 635. Prerequisite: PHY 635.
PHY 640 Statistical
Mechanics (3). Statistical study of the thermal properties of matter.
Prerequisite: PHY 580 or equivalent.
PHY 644 Graduate
Cooperative Education (3). May be repeated for a maximum of six credits.
Graded pass/fail. Prerequisite: permission of chair.
PHY 660 Electromagnetic
Theory I (3). Advanced treatment of electric and magnetic fields. Prerequisite:
PHY 461 or equivalent.
PHY 661 Electromagnetic
Theory II (3). Continuation of PHY 660. Prerequisite: PHY 660.
PHY 675 Theory of
Solid State (3). Selected advanced topics in solid state physics. Prerequisite:
PHY 575 or equivalent.
PHY 680 Spectroscopy
(3). Study of various aspects of atomic and molecular spectra. Prerequisite:
PHY 580 or concurrent registration.
PHY 681 Spectroscopy
Laboratory (1). Laboratory course to accompany PHY 680. Two hours laboratory
per week. Prerequisite: PHY 680 or concurrent registration.
PHY 682 Nuclear
Theory I (3). Theories of the structure of nuclei and their interactions.
Prerequisite: PHY 581 or equivalent.
PHY 683 Nuclear
Theory II (3). Continuation of PHY 682. Prerequisite: PHY 682.
PHY 697 Seminar
(1). Weekly meeting of staff and advanced students for reports and
discussion of recent developments in physics and of research in progress
in the department. Attendance is required for two semesters. Credit is
given for only one semester.
PHY 698 Research
and Thesis (3). Problems and hours arranged individually with student's
research advisor. Prerequisites: major and consent of instructor.
PHY 699 Research
and Thesis (3). Problems and hours arranged individually with student's
research advisor. Credit in accordance with work accomplished. Prerequisites:
major and consent of instructor.
Planning,
Urban and Regional
(PLN)
PLN 500 Recreation
Geography and Planning (3). Practical application of problem-solving
techniques and processes to recreational management and planning. Focus
placed on site planning and development. (Same as GSC 500.)
PLN 501 Theory and
Practice in Urban and Regional Planning (3). History and philosophy
of science as it relates to urban and regional planning — the problems,
the practices, the future potentialities.
PLN 502 Internship
in Urban and Regional Planning (3). Practical, on-the-job training
and experience in the field of urban and/or regional planning. Student
spends one semester working under the direction of a professional planning
practitioner.
PLN 503 Internship
in Urban and Regional Planning (3). Practical, on-the-job training
and experience in the field of urban and/or regional planning. Student
spends one semester working under the direction of a professional planning
practitioner.
PLN 504 Internship
in Urban and Regional Planning (3). Practical, on-the-job training
and experience in the field of urban and/or regional planning. Student
spends one semester working under the direction of a professional planning
practitioner.
PLN 507 Urban and
Regional Land Use Planning (3). Analyze the principles and techniques
utilized in the planning process. Emphasis is placed on the practical aspects
of planning — the needs, problems and proposed solutions. (Same as GSC
507.)
PLN 519 Research
Techniques (3). Purpose of this course is to introduce students to
the methods and techniques of research in geosciences and planning. Focus
is on utilizing modern techniques in problem-solving.
PLN 521 Geographic
Information Systems (3). Techniques course that introduces digital
georeferenced information systems, including data capture, editing and
encoding techniques, data storage structures, database management systems,
data analysis and model development, and information display methods. (Same
as GSC 521.)
PLN 523 Problems
in Urban Geography and Urban Planning (3). Theories, techniques and
research in urban geography and planning. Focus placed on the designs and
strategies addressing present day urban problems. (Same as GSC 523.)
PLN 601 Seminar
in Theory and Practice in Urban and Regional Planning (3).
PLN 602 Internship
in Urban and Regional Planning (3).
PLN 603 Internship
in Urban and Regional Planning (3).
PLN 604 Internship
in Urban and Regional Planning (3).
PLN 605 Seminar
in Urban Geography and Urban Planning (3). (Same as GSC 605.)
PLN 620 Seminar
in Regional Concept in Geography and Planning (3). (Same as GSC 620.)
PLN 644 Graduate
Cooperative Education (3). May be repeated for a maximum of six credits.
Graded pass/fail. Prerequisite: permission of chair.
PLN 693 Special
Problems in Urban Planning (3).
Political
Science
(POL)
POL 542 Government
and Business (3). The role of government and politics in the regulation
of business activities and the administration of major legislation enactments.
POL 545 Constitutional
Law I: Developments & Trends (3). A political science course that
surveys the development of and historic trends in selected subjects of
constitutional law. (Same as LST 545.)
POL 546 Constitutional
Law II: Civil Liberties and Civil Rights (3). A political science course
that studies the leading court decisions and their impact on the development
of American Constitutional Law in the subject areas of civil liberties
(Amendment I), civil rights (Amendments IV, V, VI, VIII, and IX), and the
equal protection and due process clauses of Amendment XIV. Prerequisites:
none. (Same as LST 546.)
POL 551 Government
and Politics of Western Europe (3). The governmental institutions and
political processes of Western European powers, with primary emphasis given
to the United Kingdom, France, and West Germany.
POL 552 Government
and Politics of the Soviet Union (3). The governmental institutions
and political processes of the former Union of Soviet Socialist Republics,
with a special emphasis upon the Russian nation.
POL 553 Government
and Politics of Latin America (3). The dynamics of change in the political
systems of Latin America, focusing on the problems and patterns of political
and economic development.
POL 554 Government
and Politics of Asia (3). The governmental institutions and political
processes of China, Japan, and other selected states in Asia.
POL 556 American
Foreign Policy (3). The formulation and implementation of U.S. foreign
policy.
POL 557 International
Law and Organizations (3). The origin and development of international
law and international organizations.
POL 558 The United
States in Indochina (Vietnam) (3). An examination of the United States'
experience in Indochina, with special emphasis on Vietnam. With reference
to national self-interest and the relationship of Indochina to world affairs,
the course will examine the extent of American involvement from the end
of World War II to the present.
POL 571 Public Policy
(3). Consideration of social, economic, and political values and their
influence on the formation and direction of public policy, with special
emphasis on current issues.
POL 572 Public Planning
and Evaluation (3). An examination of major planning and evaluation
techniques of governmental programs.
POL 573 Public Budgeting
and Fiscal Administration (3). This course examines budgeting as a
tool of governmental economic and political policy. Specifically, the course
considers the evolution and purposes of budgeting, with special attention
given to recent efforts to improve government resource allocation. Required
of all M.P.A. students.
POL 575 Human Resource
Administration in the Public Sector (3). An intensive examination of
personnel administration in federal, state, and local governments, including
such topics as merit systems, recruitment, testing, selection, and equal
employment opportunity.
POL 577 Labor Law
and Public Policy (3). Traces the development of the principles of
labor law and labor legislation as well as their administration at the
national, state, and local levels in the United States. Uses administrative
and court decisions and policy analysis to examine issues of current significance
concerning labor relations. Prerequisite: MGT 350 or consent of instructor.
(Same as MGT 577.)
POL 590 Internship
(3). Independently sponsored programs to which qualified students are
assigned for practical experience in public administration and the legislative
process at the federal, state, or local level. For juniors and seniors
majoring or minoring in political science. Must have a 2.5 overall GPA
and a 2.8 in POL courses taken for the major or minor. Graded pass/fail.
Prerequisite: POL 140 and two courses from: POL 240, 250, 252, 260, 370.
POL 595 Special
Problems (1-3). Supervised readings or research in selected subjects
designed to supplement regular course offerings. Requires chair's approval.
Restricted to senior students. May be repeated up to six hours. Only three
hours may count toward major.
POL 641 Seminar
in American Government (3). An advanced examination of one or more
selected problems in American government.
POL 644 Graduate
Cooperative Education (3). May be repeated for a maximum of six credits.
Cannot be used to meet M.B.A., M.P.A. or M.S. degree requirements. Graded
pass/fail. Prerequisite: permission of chair.
POL 651 Seminar
in International Relations (3). An in-depth analysis of problems of
international relations and foreign policy.
POL 652 Seminar
in Comparative Government (3). An advanced analysis of different political
systems in the world, with emphasis upon the comparative approach.
POL 660 Research
Methods in Public Affairs (3). Examines the process of research in
public affairs, with an emphasis on quantitative methods and techniques.
Required of all M.P.A. students. Prerequisites: MAT 135 or 560 or their
equivalent.
POL 661 Seminar
in Political Theory (3). An intensive examination of major political
theories and ideologies.
POL 670 Seminar
in Public Administration, Politics, and Ethics (3). A graduate-level
introduction to the study of public administration, covering substantive
topics in the field as well as the political dimensions of public service
and the ethical issues faced by government practitioners. Emphasis is placed
on the development of the discipline as a field of inquiry. Required of
all M.P.A. students.
POL 671 Public Policy
Analysis (3). Problems and methods in perception of public problems,
determination of goals, generation and evaluation of alternatives, and
policy choices. Emphasis on political and analytical methods of policymaking.
Required of all M.P.A. students.
POL 674 Public Organizations
(3). An analysis of governmental bureaucracy as a formal organization,
with emphasis on the roles and responsibilities of and the constraints
on the public executive in a political environment. Required of all M.P.A.
students.
POL 675 Intergovernmental
Relations (3). A seminar on the evolution, growth, and present nature
of federal, state, and local interrelationships, with an emphasis on grants-in-aid
and their implementation.
POL 676 Administrative
Law (3). An examination of the role of the judiciary in public policy
formulation. Special emphasis is directed toward the legal environment
of public administration and toward court decisions and their impact on
the administrative process. (Same as LST 676.)
POL 677 Municipal
Politics and Administration (3). An intensive study of the economic,
political, and social environments of cities and other forms of local governments
and the impact those environments have on local government administration.
The roles and tasks of local government management, as affected by metropolitan
conditions and state, regional, and federal governments, are also examined.
POL 678 State and
Regional Government, Politics and Administration (3). Comparative study
of state and regional governments, administration, policies, and problems.
Empirical research concerning structures, institutions, and political processes
and the relationship between them and the policy outputs is examined and
analyzed. Contemporary issues are examined from a comparative perspective
to determine explanations for the variation among executives, legislatures,
and bureaucracies in addressing or resolving these issues.
POL 679 Seminar
in Public Sector Labor Relations (3). An intensive examination of the
emergence and impact of unionization and collective bargaining in the public
service, with emphasis on the role of the public administrator as bargaining
agent. The course concludes with a simulation exercise.
POL 685 Public Administration
Capstone (3). A course integrating the theories and methods of public
administration in a major research project related to a substantive management
or analytic problem in the public sector. Students must propose, execute,
and publicly defend their project after completing a major review of public
administration literature. Normally this course shall be taken in the last
semester of graduate work with the M.P.A. program. Required for all M.P.A.
students not choosing the thesis option. Prerequisite: Successful completion
of all other core courses with the M.P.A. program.
POL 690 Administrative
Internship (1-6). A full-semester directed internship with an agency
concerned with the administration of public affairs. Graded pass/fail.
Prerequisite: permission of chair.
POL 695 Special
Problems (1-3). Supervised readings or research in selected subjects
designed to supplement regular course offerings. Requires chair's approval.
Restricted to graduate students.
POL 698 Thesis (3-6).
Psychology
(PSY)
PSY 503 Psychology
of Small Group Behavior (3). A survey of current theory and research
regarding the behavior of individuals in groups. Topics addressed include
group formation and development, physical environment, personal characteristics
of group members, group composition, group structure, leadership and group
tasks. Students enrolled for graduate credit will have additional requirements
to fulfill in this course. Prerequisite: PSY 303.
PSY 540 Drugs, Alcohol
and Behavior (3). This course provides a survey of the social, biological
and psychological aspects of substance abuse, chemical dependency and addictive
disorders. Prerequisite: PSY 180.
PSY 545 Behavior
Modification (3). This course presents assumptions, concepts and methods
of behavior modification. Emphasis is on broad psychological theory and
application to human problems. Students enrolled for graduate credit will
be required to fulfill additional requirements. Prerequisites: PSY 180
and consent of instructor.
PSY 570 Applied
Research Design and Analysis (4). An advanced course designed to develop
a comprehensive, integrated, and applied knowledge of issues surrounding
the design, implementation, analysis, and evaluation of psychological research.
Topics covered include research ethics, reliability and validity, descriptive
and experimental design issues, and advanced statistical techniques. Students
will be expected to design, conduct, and report the results of an original
research project. Students enrolled for graduate credit will be required
to fulfill additional requirements. Prerequisites: PSY 300 and 301 or consent
of instructor.
PSY 581 Abnormal
Psychology (3). Introduction to the definition, classification, causes
and treatment of abnormal behavior. Research methodologies and findings
receive emphasis equal to that of "clinical" or applied considerations.
Students enrolled for graduate credit will be required to fulfill additional
requirements. Prerequisite: PSY 180.
PSY 584 Industrial
and Organizational Psychology (3). A survey of current theory and research
regarding human behavior in industrial and organizational settings. Topics
addressed include selection and placement, training and development, motivation,
job satisfaction and performance, leadership, work environment, human factors,
engineering and safety. Students enrolled for graduate credit will be required
to fulfill additional requirements. Prerequisite: PSY 180.
PSY 589 Personality
(3). The organization of the psychological characteristics which contribute
to the uniqueness of the individual. Students enrolled for graduate credit
will be required to fulfill additional requirements. Prerequisite: PSY
180.
PSY 591 Statistics
(3). Basic concepts of statistics are stressed. Specific topics include
techniques dealing with single distributions, some correlational methods,
probability, and an introduction to inferential statistics. Students enrolled
for graduate credit will be required to fulfill additional requirements.
Prerequisite: PSY 180.
PSY 595 Culture,
Language and Personality (3). Roles of culture and language, personality-language,
and personality-culture. Students enrolled for graduate credit will be
required to fulfill additional requirements. Prerequisites: PSY 180.
PSY 602 Graduate
Seminar (1-3). Topical seminars in psychology. May be repeated to a
maximum of three hours. Prerequisites: graduate standing in psychology
and consent of instructor.
PSY 620 Graduate
Seminar in Professional and Ethical Issues (1). A survey and discussion
of the professional aspects of clinical psychology and the ethical standards
of the field. Emphasis is placed on the ethical principles and statements
of the American Psychological Association in regard to the practice of
psychology, the conduct of research, and the use of psychological tests.
Prerequisites: graduate standing in psychology and consent of instructor.
PSY 621 Biological
Bases of Behavior (3). An advanced-level survey of the biological processes
that underlie behavior. Prerequisites: graduate standing in psychology
and consent of instructor.
PSY 622 Cognitive
Bases of Behavior (3). An advanced-level survey of the cognitive processes
that underlie behavior. Prerequisites: graduate standing in psychology
and consent of instructor.
PSY 623 Social Bases
of Behavior (3). An advanced-level survey of the social processes that
underlie behavior. Prerequisites: graduate standing in psychology and consent
of instructor.
PSY 624 Developmental
Bases of Behavior (3). An advanced-level survey of the developmental
processes that underlie behavior. Prerequisites: graduate standing in psychology
and consent of instructor.
PSY 644 Graduate
Cooperative Education (3). May be repeated for a maximum of six credits.
Graded pass/fail. Prerequisite: permission of chair.
PSY 645 Clinical
Measurement and Evaluation I (3). Emphasis is placed on administration,
scoring and clinical interpretation of a variety of intelligence tests.
Report writing and research underlying intelligence tests and psychological
evaluations are presented. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
PSY 650 Psychometric
Theory (2). The theory, statistical methods and ethical considerations
involved in the construction and evaluation of scales and other devices
for measurement.
PSY 652 Univariate
Research Design and Statistics (3). Advanced experimental design and
research methodology is combined with a detailed treatment of analysis
of variance. Prerequisites: PSY 200 or 591, or consent of instructor.
PSY 654 Evaluation
Research (2). Emphasis on quasi-experimental research designs, sequential
and nonparametric statistics, and the use of research methodology in summative
and formative evaluation of social programs.
PSY 661 Psycholinguistics
(3). Emphasis on language and cognition, measurement of meaning, language
disorders, communication, theory and language, and behavior. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor.
PSY 664 Psychopathology
(3). Theories and research pertaining to the etiologies, symptoms and
prognosis of various behavior disorders are discussed. Prerequisite: consent
of instructor.
PSY 665 Clinical
Measurement and Evaluation II (3). Emphasis on the theory and application
of personality tests used in clinical settings. Practice in the administration,
scoring and interpretation of various clinical instruments will be afforded.
Prerequisites: PSY 645 and consent of instructor.
PSY 666 Advanced
Clinical and Ethics Seminar (1-2). This course provides group discussion
of active clinical cases, with attention paid to increasing diagnostic
accuracy and sophistication, learning varied therapeutic approaches and
becoming proficient in clinical interventions with demonstrated empirical
support. Emphasis is placed on the understanding and resolution of legal
and ethical issues that arise in clinical work. This course may be repeated
for a maximum of four hours of credit. Graded pass/fail. Prerequisites:
PSY 620, 645, 664, 665, 670 and concurrent enrollment in PSY 667. This
course is limited to students currently enrolled in the MSU master's degree
program in clinical psychology.
PSY 667 Practicum
in Psychology (3). The student will work under close supervision in
a clinical installation. Problems concerning psychopathology, diagnostics
and psychotherapy will form the core of the work. This course may be repeated
for a maximum six semester hours of credit. Prerequisites: PSY 645, 664,
665, and 670 with a 3.0 GPA in those four courses; plus at least two of
PSY 621, 622, 623, 624, 650, 652, 654 or 688; and consent of instructor.
PSY 668 Advanced
Practicum (1-3). The student will work under supervision of a licensed
psychologist in a mental health facility. Emphasis is placed on the application
of assessment and psychotherapy techniques with families, adults and children.
This course may be repeated for a maximum of six hours of credit. Prerequisites:
PSY 645, 664, 665, 667 and 670, with a minimum GPA of 3.0; at least two
of the following: PSY 671, 672, 682 or 686; and consent of the instructor.
Limited to students enrolled in the MSU master's degree program in clinical
psychology.
PSY 670 Psychotherapeutic
Procedures (3). Theories, practice and research are reviewed, with
special emphasis on therapeutic procedures. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
PSY 671 Behavior
Therapy (3). An exploration of the learning foundations of behavior
therapy together with a review of the methods, applications and research
concerning behavior therapy. Prerequisites: graduate standing in psychology
and consent of instructor.
PSY 672 Family Therapy
(3). An advanced clinical course with emphasis on the major family
therapy theories, ethical issues, and consideration of cultural factors
in working with families. Practice will be afforded for students in the
application of assessment and therapeutic procedures with families. Prerequisites:
PSY 664, 670, previous or concurrent enrollment in PSY 667, and consent
of instructor.
PSY 680 Advanced
Child Psychology (3). Analysis and appraisal of scientific studies
dealing with the problems characteristic of the childhood period. Observations
and library research projects supplement class assignments.
PSY 681 Advanced
Adolescent Psychology (3). Analysis and appraisal of scientific studies
dealing with the problems characteristic of the adolescent period. Observations
and library research projects supplement class assignments.
PSY 682 Child Clinical
Psychology (3). An advanced course with emphasis in developmental theories
in relation to childhood psychopathology, therapeutic procedures with children,
and specialized assessment techniques. Prerequisites: PSY 664, 670 and
consent of instructor.
PSY 683 Tests and
Measurements (3). The selection, administration and uses of psychological
tests are discussed, with emphasis on application in educational settings.
(Same as GUI 683.)
PSY 684 Directed
Individual Study (1-3). Individual programs involving readings or conducting
a research project in psychology. Note: Arrangements for faculty supervision
are required prior to enrolling. Prerequisites: approval by a faculty sponsor
and the departmental chair.
PSY 686 Group Psychotherapy
Techniques (3). Emphasis on theory and application of the therapeutic
techniques with groups. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
PSY 688 Multivariate
Research Design and Statistics (3). A survey of multivariate statistical
techniques, including multiple correlation and regression, canonical correlation,
multivariate analysis of variance, discriminant function analysis, and
factor analysis. Computer-based techniques of statistical analysis are
emphasized. Prerequisite: PSY 652 or consent of instructor.
PSY 691 Principles
of Learning (3). Techniques and principles of human and animal learning
behavior, and an introduction to theories. Experimental evidence will be
stressed.
PSY 698 Thesis (3).
PSY 699 Thesis (3).
Reading
(REA)
REA 523 Enrichment
in Reading (1-3). Provides an opportunity for advanced study of topics
not covered in depth in other reading courses. Each topic involves work
completed prior to class sessions, and the completion of a product appropriate
to the topic's content. Check with instructor before enrolling for specific
dates of activities.
REA 524. Special
Problems in Reading (1-3). Selected projects and workshops in reading.
REA 527 Teaching
Reading in the Secondary School (3). Designed to help the secondary
school teacher teach reading in the content areas. Topics covered are reading
process, word recognition skills, comprehension, diagnostic prescriptive
instruction and reading in the content areas. Laboratory experiences provided.
REA 612 Foundations
of Literacy (3). An advanced course in reading and writing instruction
designed to enable classroom teachers to model and implement a variety
of research-based instructional strategies and activities in an authentic
instructional context. Prerequisite: REA 306 or REA 527.
REA 618 Content
Area Reading/Writing 3-12 (3). This course builds upon theoretical
perspectives and strategies for developing the reading/writing abilities
of students in grades three and above in the content area. Attention is
given to ways of making the most effective use of textual materials across
the curriculum. A component of the course includes projects and/or activities
which relate to an academic area of study or instructional responsibility.
Prerequisites: REA 612.
REA 628 Literacy
Assessment (3). Designed to enable classroom teachers and reading specialists
to implement a variety of assessment strategies to facilitate learning;
make language learners aware of their own strengths and needs as readers
and writers; and enhance teacher and curriculum development. Assessment
strategies include authentic assessment techniques, miscue analysis, and
KIRIS testing. Prerequisites: REA 612.
REA 638 Assessment
and Instruction of Children with Reading Difficulties (3). A study
of the causes of reading difficulties and procedures used to support students
with reading difficulties. Approaches reading difficulty from a holistic
view. Attention is given to assessment strategies and remedial procedures
for correction. Prerequisites: REA 612.
REA 639 Practicum
in Reading (3). Designed for teachers, clinicians, and reading specialists.
Emphasis will be placed on designing and supervising a reading program
in a public or private setting. Supervisory experiences will be provided.
Repeatable for up to six hours of credit. Prerequisites: REA 612, 628,
638.
REA 648 Research
in Reading (3). Independent study, under the guidance of a supervising
faculty member, which addresses an issue, problem or question pertinent
to reading/literacy development. The issue, problem or question is to be
selected by the student and approved by the instructor prior to the study.
Prerequisites: REA 612 and 628 or REA 638.
REA 698 Thesis (3)
Repeatable
to six hours.
Recreation
(REC)
REC 500 Leisure
in Society (3). Designed for recreation majors, as well as other students
interested in the study of society's use of its free time and leisure and
its implications for social, political and economic aspects of society.
The course will address social-psychological themes related to leisure
studies. Prerequisites: Recommended background in introductory recreation
and leisure services course.
REC 515 Leisure
Education in Therapeutic Recreation Services (3). Concepts of leisure
functioning and methods of leisure assessment, attitudinal changes, and
skill development that enhance successful leisure participation.
REC 520 Leisure
and Aging (3). Introduction to the physiological, sexual and recreational
aspects of aging in American society; exploration of the role of recreation
with the aging; emphasis on planning leisure programs with the elderly.
Students taking this course for graduate credit will be required to do
additional work. (Same as EXS/GTY 520.)
REC 565 Interpretive
Services in Park Management (3). An introduction course designed to
study techniques appropriate to historical and natural interpretation in
park management. Analysis and development of a better appreciation of interpretive
programs and visitors information services will be discussed. Students
taking this course for graduate credit will be required to do additional
work.
REC 600 Leisure
in Society: A Global Perspective (3). Course is designed for recreation
majors, as well as other students interested in studying society's use
of its free time and leisure. Course will undertake a historical and comparative
study of leisure throughout the world, looking at its role and impact upon
various cultures.
REC 609 Evaluation
in Exercise and Leisure Studies (3). This course is designed to give
students a basic knowledge in descriptive and inferential statistics commonly
used in exercise science and recreation/leisure research. Statistical procedures
covered include correlation and linear regression, t-test, analysis of
variance (ANOVA), and two-way ANOVA. Emphasis is placed on understanding
and using a statistical package through computer analysis. Recommended
prerequisite: EXS 400. (Same as EXS 609.)
REC 610 Sociology
of Sport and Exercise (3). A critical study of the sociological factors
affecting sport, performance, and exercise. Students will learn about the
social, cultural, environmental and racial dynamics involved in sport and
exercise. This course will also study the effects sport and exercise have
on the social structure of society. (Same as EXS/HEA 610).
REC 620 Current
Trends and Issues in Health, Physical Education and Recreation (3).
A review of the current research in the fields of health, physical education
and recreation.
REC 621 Advanced
Professional Experience (3). This course provides a comprehensive practical
experience in a selected leisure environment and enables the student to
develop practical skills through on-the-job experience on an advanced level.
REC 630 Special
Topics (3). Seminar for graduate students relating to a current topic
in the fields of exercise science and recreation/leisure studies. May be
repeated once for credit. (Same as EXS 630.)
REC 640 Techniques
of Research in Exercise and Leisure Studies (3). This course is designed
to familiarize the student with the various procedures involved in conducting
different types of research common in exercise science and recreation/leisure
studies. This class builds on previously learned techniques in EXS/REC
609. Students are guided through the process of performing research from
the design stage through writing of the research report. Prerequisite:
REC 609 or consent of the instructor. (Same as EXS 640.)
REC 650 Seminar
in Exercise and Leisure Studies (1). (Same as EXS 650.)
REC 680 Independent
Study in Recreation and Leisure Services (1-3). Prerequisite: permission
of the chair of the department or departmental graduate coordinator.
REC 698 Thesis (3).
REC 699 Thesis (3).
Religious
Studies
(RGS)
RGS 500 Seminar
(3). Selected topics. This course may be repeated for credit. Prerequisite:
advanced undergraduate standing or consent of instructor.
RGS 501 Philosophy
of Religion (3). A study of philosophical issues in the consideration
of religion, such as the basis for religious belief, the nature of religion,
the cogency of talk about God, the meaning of evil. Prerequisite: advanced
undergraduate standing or consent of instructor. (Same as PHI 501.)
RGS 510 Directed
Study (1-3). Readings or other study in advanced topics. This course
may be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Secondary
Education
(SEC)
SEC 528 Teaching
Social Studies in the Secondary School (3). A study of the processes
of teaching social studies, including methods, procedures, materials and
research in the field.
SEC 529 Teaching
Science in the Secondary School (3). A study of teaching science in
junior high and high school, including materials and procedures, organizations
and operation of laboratories, research and curriculum innovations.
SEC 620 Practicum
in Secondary Schools (2). A concentrated practicum experience for students
enrolled in the Career and Technical Education master's degree leading
toward initial certification which will include planned and supervised
mini-teaching experiences with middle and/or senior high students as well
as laboratory experiences in the development of teaching strategies and
curriculum materials. (20 hours of field placement in a public school classroom
included.) Credit cannot be earned for both SEC 420 and SEC 620. Prerequisites:
CTE 503.
SEC 641 Building
the Curriculum of the Secondary School (3). A study of the modern secondary
school curriculum including the usual fields, the core curriculum and activities
included in the total program. An introduction to the processes of curriculum-building.
SEC 670 Research
in Secondary Education (3). Designed to provide the student with the
opportunity to engage in research in instruction, curriculum, or teaching/learning
styles. Students will also engage in extensive critical analysis of current
research. Prerequisite: ADM 630.
Special
Education
(SED)
SED 504 Parent-Professional
Relationships (1). Course content will focus on the characteristics
and roles of parents and other professionals in the education of exceptional
children. Skills in interpersonal relations with parents and other professionals
will be a major component within the course.
SED 505 Special
Education Procedures and Strategies for IECE (3). Students will develop
skills in writing Individual Education Programs and Individualized Family
Service Plans. Students will be introduced to relevant special education
legislation, laws and policies. Students will develop skills in matching
intervention strategies to the strengths and needs of young children with
disabilities and their families. Students will acquire skills in the development
and implementation of the Individual Education Program and the Individualized
Family Service Plan in a variety of settings. Prerequisites: EDP 260, EDU
103, FCS 310, 311 and SED 300, or permission of instructor.
SED 526 Introduction
to Early Education of Children with Disabilities (3). Study of young
children with disabilities or who are at risk for disability in terms of
their personal, family and educational needs. Prerequisites: SED 230 or
equivalent.
SED 530 Education
of Exceptional Children (3). An introduction to and a survey of the
characteristics and educational needs of exceptional children. This course
is an overview to give teachers and personnel in related fields an overall
concept of the educational implications of the exceptional child as well
as of special education as a profession. (Can be taken for credit only
by students who have not completed SED 230.)
SED 531 Nature and
Needs of Individuals with Moderate to Severe Disabilities (3). Survey
of classification, identification, diagnostic techniques and intervention
procedures used in the education and training of individuals with moderate
to severe disabilities.
SED 535 Field Study
in Special Education (1-3). A practicum for students majoring or minoring
in special education. Supervised practicum in a school, community and/or
residential program. May be repeated up to six hours. Prerequisite: consent
of instructor.
SED 537 Diagnostic
Methods (3). Instruction which leads to demonstrated competence with
instruments utilized in assessment and programming. Field hours are required.
SED 540 Procedures
for Classroom Management and Discipline (3). The content of this course
provides educators with the information and skills needed to increase their
knowledge of advanced methods, and techniques of classroom management procedures.
Field hours are required.
SED 551 Transdisciplinary
Assessment of Individuals with Moderate/Severe Disabilities (3). This
course involves procedures for assessment of the behavioral and educational
performance of individuals with moderate to severe disabilities, task analysis,
sequencing behavioral skills and designing individual instructional programs.
Students will be provided experience in conducting assessments, developing
individual education plans and use of program evaluation techniques related
to individuals with moderate to severe disabilities.
SED 552 Functional
Behavior Analysis (3). The content of this course provides the student
experience in understanding why individuals behave the way they do and
how behavior may be taught, changed, and modified. Topics will include
behavior management, training strategies, implementation, data-based programming,
and field-based teacher research methods. Field hours are required. Prerequisites:
SED 300.
SED 553 Special
Methods for Children and Youth with Phys/Sensory Disabilities (3). This
course involves preparation in the use of special methods needed to teach
children and youth with physical and sensory disabilities. Adaptations,
prosthetic devices and technology used in educational programming as well
as communication systems and self-care techniques will be included.
SED 554 Classroom
Management of Individuals with Mod/Sev Disabilities (3). Study of the
techniques and methods necessary for the organization and operation of
educational programs for individuals with moderate to severe disabilities.
Included are specialized teaching techniques such as precision teaching
and behavior management applied to the learning environment as well as
scheduling approaches, curriculum models and commercially available materials.
SED 601 Technological
Strategies and Professional Planning in Special Education (3). Prepares
the students with the expertise in technology and professional organization
to be successful at the graduate level. This course also gives student
expertise in accessing special education information and resources. Student
is taught the policies and procedures required for program completion and
for securing a certificate. Students are required to develop professional
growth plan focusing on the utilization of productivity software. Student
is also required to initiate a professional portfolio including artifacts
constituting evidence of competency relative to the Kentucky Experienced
Teacher Standards. Internet access is required.
SED 602 Family-Professional
Partnerships (3). The course content will focus on the family as an
aid in the program or education of their child. Family characteristics
will be investigated and related to the implications for meaningful inclusion
of the family in the education of a child with a disability. Differential
programs for families will be overviewed. Field hours are required.
SED 603 Special
Education Law and Procedures (3). Course is designed to familiarize
graduate students with the laws and procedures that are required in the
process of determining eligibility and delivery of special education services.
Students will learn the roles of participants in "Admissions and Release
Committee" (ARC), the procedural safeguards, and the order of events in
the special education process as determined by federal and state law and
procedures. Appropriate for all certified teachers, school psychologists,
and administrators serving students with disabilities.
SED 605 Characteristics
and Needs of Children and Youth with Mild Disabilities (3). This course
surveys the etiologies, characteristics, and learning styles of children
and youth with mild disabilities. State and federal definitions for each
category of disabilities under the learning/behavior disability certification
will be examined. This course should proceed SED 625. Prerequisite: SED
603.
SED 613 Advanced
Behavior Support (3). This course is designed to provide an in-depth
study of the field of educating children and youth with emotional disturbances
and behavioral disorders. The course will include extensive examinations
of disability etiologies, theoretical educational approaches, screening
and assessment instruments and techniques, educational placement considerations,
program development considerations, and ongoing evaluation based on student
performance.
SED 614 Advanced
Instructional Technology (3). This course includes instruction in technology
that is requisite for the Individual Education Program (IEP) for student
with mild disabilities. This includes, but is not limited to, assistive
technology, technology as a means to meet the needs of different learner
types, and students as users of technology.
SED 615 Collaboration
Skills for Educators (3). Designed to develop knowledge, skills and
abilities relative to collaboration and teamwork. Provides educators with
information and skills necessary to collaborate and consult with other
professionals, families and support agencies regarding the design and implementation
of educational programs for students with and without disabilities. Field
hours are required. Prerequisite: SED 603.
SED 625 Instructional
Techniques for Children and Youth with Mild Disabilities (3). Course
content focuses on instructional techniques requisite for the development
of an individualized educational program (IEP) for children and youth with
mild disabilities. Specific methods, media and materials in the areas of
reading, writing, math and problem solving will be examined. Students will
learn to develop a sequence of instruction from the student's present level
of performance to annual goals matching instruction to the student's learning
style. Prerequisites: SED 603 and 605.
SED 636 Issues and
Trends in Special Education (3). Individual programs of study on current
issues and trends in special education.
SED 637 Advanced
Diagnostic Procedures (3). A study of the educational diagnosis of
learning and emotional-behavior disorders. Includes interviewing, test
administration, performance-based assessment, data interpretation and program
development.
SED 640 Practicum
(4-6). Makes provisions for students to participate in all activities
and duties generally expected of a special education teacher. Specific
supervision will be provided. Seminars to evaluate progress in methods,
procedures and overall performance will coincide with the experience. This
course is designed for students with at least one year of teaching experience
(regular or special education) and seeking a new certificate. (Students
with less than one year must take ELE 421.)
SED 642 Advanced
Curriculum for Children and Youth with Disabilities (3). Advanced study
of methods, techniques, curriculum, research and the application of technology
for meeting the learning needs of children and youth with disabilities.
SED 644 Graduate
Cooperative Education (3). May be repeated for a maximum of six credits.
Graded pass/fail. Prerequisite: permission of chair.
SED 646 Survey of
Research Applied to Special Populations (3). A review of studies from
a variety of disciplines that have relevance to special education populations.
Special emphasis will be given to those skills (understanding assumptions,
reading and abstracting articles, interpreting data, and evaluating results)
needed to understand the relationship between research strategies and problem-solving
in special education.
SED 649 Special
Education Leadership (3). This course provides the student with knowledge
and skills regarding the roles and responsibilities of special education
leadership personnel: procedures and techniques to develop effectiveness
in relationships, school and community activities, public relations and
consulting. Other areas discussed are: procedures for recruitment, selection,
role definition, assignment, scheduling, monitoring, supervising and evaluation
of personnel with emphasis placed on in-service training procedures and
organizational change.
SED 650 Administration
of Special Education Programs (3). This course provides an overview
of the history and current status of the organization, administration and
supervision of special education programs. Emphasis is on the tasks of
organization, administration and supervision, focusing on program planning
and development, fiscal management, cooperating agencies, specialized facilities
and equipment, legislative provisions, problems of supervision, and instruction
in the development, adaptation and evaluation of instruction, curricula,
methods, materials and resources.
SED 651 Social Competence
for Safe Environments (3). This course is designed to facilitate an
understanding of the priority role that social competence should take in
the school and post-school success of children and youth with severe behavior
problems. Theories underlying social skills acquisition and practical approaches
for implementation will be emphasized. Training strategies discussed will
be applicable to a variety of educational environments, including residential,
day-treatment, alternative education programs, public, and private schools.
Field hours are required.
SED 652 Assessment
and Program Planning for Infants, Toddlers and Preschoolers with Disabilities
and Their Families (3). This course is designed to acquaint students
with the field of special education for children with developmental delay.
Students will learn to observe children and to educationally evaluate them
using developmental evaluations. From the results of the evaluation, students
will learn to plan individual prescriptive programs and to monitor progress
made by exceptional children who are chronologically birth to six years
old. Students will also be introduced to the concepts of home-based, home-center
and center-based instruction.
SED 653 Methods
and Materials for Infants, Toddlers and Preschoolers (3). This course
explores the importance of understanding the nature of young children (birth
to five years) and how they learn. The course will emphasize adaptation
of curriculum and intervention approaches. The course includes teaching
strategies and materials selection and use.
SED 655 Special
Education Transition (3). The focus of this course is to support successful
transition from school to community life. This includes transitions from
different grade levels as well as from public schools to private life.
SED 656 The Consultation/Collaboration
Process in Programs for Children and Youth with Disabilities (3). A
study of the consultation/collaboration process used in providing services
to children and youth with disabilities. Content includes theoretical as
well as research-based strategies for effecting change with individuals
and services.
SED 657 School Safety
and Classroom Management (3). Course provides educators with the information
and skills needed to create conditions that promote and maintain positive,
safe, and healthy school culture, climate, and environments. Educators
will also increase their knowledge of advanced strategies and techniques
for classroom, school-wide, and district level, positive behavior management
procedures. Field hours are required.
SED 660 Problems
in Special Education (3). This is an advanced seminar dealing with
special topics. Course may be repeated as additional topics are offered.
SED 690 Exit Seminar
in Special Education (1). Provides opportunity for students to conduct
a self-analysis of knowledge, skills and abilities relative to the graduate
program completed. This is accomplished by a review of past textbooks and
notes, small group discussions, simulations, role-playing as well as finalizing
of the eligibility portfolio. Prerequisite: SED 605 and be within six hours
or less of completing the program.
SED 695 Independent
Study (3-6). The independent study is available for selected students
who desire to investigate an area not covered in the course work in special
education. A final written paper will be submitted to the faculty member
directing the study. Prerequisite: advance written proposal approved by
the faculty member directing the study.
SED 698 Thesis (3).
SED 699. Thesis
(3).
Sociology
(SOC)
SOC 500 Directed
Studies (1-3). Selected topics in sociology as arranged by the students
and a professor. Prerequisites: at least twelve hours of sociology and
permission of departmental chair.
SOC 521 Issues in
Social Gerontology (3). A study of theory and research on aging and
policies and programs related to nutrition, retirement, health and housing
of the elderly. Prerequisite: SOC/GTY 341 or consent of instructor. (Same
as GTY 521.)
SOC 532 Collective
Behavior and Social Movements (3). The analysis of collective behavior
and movements and the consequent social change generated by this type of
human behavior. Prerequisite: six hours of sociology or consent of instructor.
SOC 533 Juvenile
Delinquency (3). Nature and extent of delinquency; competing explanatory
theories; evaluation of programs for prevention and control; role of police,
detention, juvenile courts and corrections. Prerequisites: nine hours in
sociology or criminology and corrections, and consent of instructor. (Same
as CRJ 533.)
SOC 535 Sociology
of Work (3). This course will examine the nature of work in contemporary
societies by focusing upon the impact of specialization and bureaucratization;
it will examine the different types of work; workers' response to the workplace;
impact of work on family, health; role of age, gender, race in the workplace;
and finally, the future of work. Prerequisite: six hours of sociology or
consent of instructor.
SOC 536 Sociology
of Sport (3). Theories, methods and substantive issues in a sociological
approach to sports. Prerequisites: six hours of sociology or consent of
instructor.
SOC 538 Sociology
of Deviant Behavior (3). Sociological frame of reference for studying
deviant behavior, with emphasis placed upon problems of definition, social
processing and evaluation of significant theory and research in deviant
behavior. Prerequisite: six hours of sociology or consent of instructor.
SOC 555 Environment
and Social Policy (3). Examines the effects of population and economic
growth on the environment. The course will focus on factors related to
population and economic growth, as well as public measures designed to
mitigate the impact of this growth on the natural environment. Population
and economic growth and policies as they pertain to industrial and developing
countries will be emphasized. Prerequisite: SOC 334 or consent of instructor.
SOC 623 Educational
Sociology (3). A review of the major sociological forces which condition
education; the structure of society, major social trends and social instructions.
(Same as EDU 623.)
SOC 639 Seminar
in Rural Sociology (3). An analysis of rural life in contemporary American
society with specific emphasis on the structure and functions of rural
social institutions and on the delivery of health and social services to
rural Americans.
Spanish
(SPA)
SPA 503 Golden Age
Literature (3). Spanish literature of the sixteenth and seventeenth
centuries. Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
SPA 504 Don Quixote
(3). Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
SPA 505 Nineteenth-Century
Spanish Literature (3). Romanticism through Naturalism. Prerequisite:
junior standing or above.
SPA 507 Twentieth-Century
Spanish Literature (3). A survey of representative authors. Prerequisite:
junior standing or above.
SPA 511 Spanish-American
Short Story (3). The origin and development of the short story in Spanish
America, with emphasis placed upon the twentieth century. Prerequisite:
junior standing or above.
SPA 512 Spanish-American
Novel (3). Representative works from the major literary movements and
most regional types will be studied. Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
SPA 521 Topics in
Spanish Literature (3). Topics will vary according to the needs and
interests of students. Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
SPA 522 Topics in
Spanish-American Literature (3). Topics will vary. Prerequisite: junior
standing or above.
SPA 531 Advanced
Grammar (3). A specialized study contrasting Spanish and English grammatical
structures and usage. Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
SPA 532 Phonetics
(3). A study of the vocal apparatus, phonetic transcription, and analysis
of the contrast between Spanish and English phonology, with individual
work designed to improve pronunciation. Prepares prospective teachers to
teach correct pronunciation effectively. Prerequisite: junior standing
or above.
SPA 551 Directed
Study I (1-3). Coursework designed to meet specific needs and interests
on an individual basis. Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
SPA 552 Directed
Study II (1-3). Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
SPA 555 Study Abroad
(3-9). Credit given to students for approved travel and study in Spain
and Spanish America. Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
Social
Work
(SWK)
SWK 500 Independent
Study (3). Faculty supervised independent study and investigation of
selected topics related to the student's academic and/or career goals.
Prerequisites: social work major with advanced standing and consent of
instructor. This course cannot be used as a social work elective.
SWK 520 Interdisciplinary
Palliative Care (3). This course is designed to give graduate and undergraduate
student in the College of Health Sciences and Human Services an understanding
of both the philosophy and practice of palliative care. The course includes
content on symptom assessment and management, spiritual care, psychological
support, and special patient populations. This course is also suitable
for students from other colleges who have an interest in evidence-based
end-of-life care.
SWK 525 Case Management:
Theory and Practice (3). This course will address the theory and practice
of effective case management and the skills necessary to assess the client
situation and to optimize client functioning. This course will focus on
a diverse population of vulnerable clients across various practice settings.
The settings emphasized include medical/health, educational, psychiatric
and services to the elderly. Policy issues will be addressed, as they relate
to advocacy, service planning, and program design. Prerequisite: consent
of instructor. (Same as HCA 525)
Theatre
and Dance
(THD)
THD 590 Directed
Independent Study in Theatre Arts (3). Individual or group projects
of special interest, offering the opportunity to pursue specific areas
of interest under the supervision of the participating faculty member.
Prerequisite: instructor and chairman must approve a written proposal prior
to enrollment.
Teaching
English to Speakers of Other Languages
(TSL)
TSL 510 Applied
Linguistics for Second Language Teaching (3). An overview of the basic
concepts, scope, and methodology of the science of language in its historical
and descriptive aspects, including topics and issues in current linguistic
studies. The primary systems of language, psycholinguistics and comparative
phonology are treated in depth. Prerequisite: ENG 310. (Same as ENG/MLA
510.)
TSL 520 Computer
Assisted Language Learning (3). An introduction to computer assisted
language learning (CALL), an overview of its specialized vocabulary and
a review of research regarding its effectiveness. (Same as MLA 520.)
TSL 530 Methods
and Materials for Teaching ESL (3). Knowledge derived from the linguistic
sciences about the nature of language and how it is learned serves as the
basis for the exploration and evaluation of various methods, techniques
and approaches to the teaching of English as a Second Language.
TSL 533 Language
and Culture (3). A study of the relationship among language, society
and the individual's concept of reality. The course examines a variety
of anthropological and ethnographic concepts and findings as they relate
to language and language learning in its broadest context. The course will
also examine socio- and comparative linguistics, the relationship between
culture and language, and the implications for second language teaching.
(Same as ENG/MLA 533.)
TSL 580 Practicum
(3). An intensive teaching/learning experience in which participants
work in a classroom setting under the supervision of a master teacher.
Prerequisite: TSL 530.
TSL 610 Applied
Linguistics and Professional Practices (3). A specialized application
of subareas of linguistics with emphasis on the impact of theories of linguistics
on ESL/EFL pedagogy. Topics of focus include issues in research design
and methodology, the ethics of teaching, and skills needed to participate
as an active ESL/EFL professional. Prerequisite: TSL 510.
TSL 615 Course and
Syllabus Design in ESL (3). Building on concepts in TSL 530, the course
examines differing viewpoints of the global objectives of language programs
and courses. Prerequisite: TSL 530.
TSL 623 Testing
and Evaluation in Second Language Teaching (3). A review of a number
of current methods for classroom/standardized language testing and evaluation.
(Same as MLA 623.)
TSL 630 Developing
Intercultural Competence (3). An overview of diverse world views, ethnic
heritages and historical contributions of peoples from broadly defined
regions of the world and the implications for an intercultural/international
classroom setting. (Same as MLA 630.)
TSL 653 Integrated
ESL Skills Seminar (4). An exploration of advanced methods of teaching
ESL integrating all language production and reception skills and linguistic
structural knowledge within a content/theme-based pedagogical framework,
specifically addressing how grammar is incorporated within a multidimensional
model of ESL instruction. A field experience is required. Prerequisites:
TSL 510, 530, and 580.
TSL 690 Internship
(3). A supervised teaching position in an educational institution or
industry in the United States or abroad which allows the intern to gain
experience over a period of at least four weeks. The employer participates
in formal evaluation of the intern's performance. Prerequisites: completion
of all other course requirements for the M.A. in TESOL.
Telecommunications
Systems Management
(TSM)
TSM 601 Industry
Overview & Telecommunications Applications (3). An overview of
the telecommunications industry including history, fundamentals, regulations
and the marketplace, educational requirements, and job/career opportunities.
The class will focus on the management of telecommunications systems. Relevant
management issues include but are not limited to the following: acquisition,
development, operation, upgrades/enhancements, service, cost and industry
regulation. These issues involve large expenditures and require understanding
of the dimensions of the relevant decisions.
TSM 602 Telecommunications
Systems Laboratory (3). A lab-based course, studying the hardware
and software necessary to implement and maintain modern Networks.
TSM 610 Telecommunication
Systems (3). A technical overview of the evolution of the Networking
Industry from early voice communications through modern-day high-speed
data and voice networks.
TSM 630 (690) Telecommunications
Legal Environment: Law, Policy, and Regulation (3). Law, policy and
regulation as they affect telecommunications technologies and telecommunications
business strategies. Emphasis will be placed on an examination of the FCC,
the Telecommunications Act of 1996, and the telecommunications business
environment, including licensing, divestiture and antitrust. Primarily
a lecture, readings and discussion course.
TSM 670 Developing
E-Commerce Applications (3). A study of programming languages and operating
systems used in Internet applications as well as the technologies available
for the implementation of customer transactions using Internet technology.
Prerequisites: High-level programming language and CIS 307 (or equivalent).
TSM 680 Telecommunications
Solution Development (3). A capstone course for the M.S. in TSM that
requires students to use project management techniques involving the technical,
financial and managerial aspects of developing an integrated communications
network solution meeting voice, data and video requirements. Major emphasis
in the proposed solution is on requirement analysis, solution design, solution
implementation and solution management. Oral communication skills are required
for presentation of proposed solution. Prerequisite: 18 hours of graduate
work toward the M.S. including FIN 612, MGT 651, TSM 602, TSM 610.
TSM 688 Telecommunications
Systems Practicum (3). Application of knowledge and skills developed
in core courses in an organizational environment to solve telecommunication
management problems. Emphasizes practical industry experience. A report
is submitted to the Graduate Committee at the end of the project period.
Prerequisite: permission of program director.
Technology
Teacher Education
(TTE)
TTE 512 Instructional
Materials and Equipment (3). A study of the psychological, physiological
and pedagogical justification of the uses of audiovisual aids in teaching.
Through experiences in the preparation and use of various audiovisual media,
the student will develop proficiency in the application and operation of
current instructional technology equipment and software as well as skill
in the preparation of instructional materials for use in the technology
education classroom and laboratory.
TTE 550 Advanced
Study in Construction (3). A directed study of selected areas within
the fields of residential, civil and light commercial construction. Prerequisite:
approved course work and/or experience.
TTE 554 Teaching
in the Modular and Systems Environment (3). This course is designed
to be the capstone course for pre-service technology education teachers.
Emphasis is placed on teaching technical content using both the systems
and modular approaches to develop technical understanding, rudimentary
technical skills and problem solving expertise in the technology education
classroom/laboratory setting.
TTE 575 Managing
Instruction for Learners with Special Needs (3). A study of the basic
ideas, perspectives and techniques critical to the planning, management
and evaluation of instruction for special needs learners. Classroom situations
involving diverse populations and handicaps will be examined. A student-generated
field experience is required. (Same as CTE 575.)
TTE 671 Philosophy
of Technology and Vocational Education (3). A study of the social,
historical and philosophical development and current philosophical beliefs
of technology-based studies. Exploring the various philosophies of technology
education and vocational education, the student will
develop a philosophy
and understanding of technology or vocational education, then apply that
philosophy and understanding to technology-based education about the technological
attitudes and skills to understanding new or different past-present-future
technology systems. The meaning of technology-based education to the individual
and society, as well as the nature and impacts of technology on the individual
and society will be introduced and explored. (Same as CTE 671.)
TTE 672 Vocational
Guidance (3). Problems and procedures involved in assisting individuals
to choose, prepare for, enter upon and become adjusted in their vocations.
Students will develop skills which enhance their ability to teach identification
and clarification of values, as well as enhancement of decision-making,
career planning and job acquisition skills. Technology education teachers,
vocational education teachers and counselors will develop insight into
the principles involved in evaluating occupational outlooks and the skills
and traits required for success in selected careers. (Same as CTE 672.)
TTE 673 Supervision
of Technology and Vocational Industrial Education (3). A study of the
competencies needed to supervise and develop effective techniques of working
with technology and vocational education teachers. Problems and methods
of orientation, communication and supervision of teachers and instruction
are discussed. (Same as CTE 673.)
TTE 676 Organization
and Administration of Industrial Education (3). A study of the organization
and administration of technology, vocational and technical education programs
on the various school levels and the development and coordination of external
advisory boards. The students will experience development of a strategic
plan that includes a mission statement, rationale for change, goals and
objectives, action steps, as well as a program evaluation strategy. State
and national legislation affecting technology and vocational education
will be studied. (Same as CTE 676.)
TTE 677 Experiential
Technology-Based Activities for Elementary Teachers (3). A study of
techniques involved in the incorporation of technology-based experiential
classroom activities into the elementary classroom. Designed to assist
elementary teachers in developing the professional and technical competencies
needed to enrich and strengthen existing programs of instruction through
the inclusion of hands-on, technology-based classroom activities. Lecture
and laboratory.
Water
Science
(WSC)
WSC 690 Seminar
(1). Graduate students who anticipate completing the thesis must register
for Seminar and defend their research before the college faculty and fellow
graduate students.
WSC 698 Thesis I
(3).
WSC 699 Thesis II
(3).
Youth
and Nonprofit Leadership
(YNL)
YNL 501 Seminar
on Youth and Human Service Organizations (3). An introductory survey
course on the nonprofit/voluntary human service organization. Agency governance,
policy, board relations, planning cycles, programs, problems, staffing,
volunteer management and personnel issues are treated using a case-study
approach. Extra assignments required of graduate students.
YNL 502 Workshop
in Financial Resource Development (3). Currently successful methods
of finance management are examined including United Way, sustaining membership
enrollment, endowment development, special events and accounting. Emphasis
is placed on identifying and cultivating prospective contributors, capital
campaigns, financial support systems and trends of philanthropy. Extra
assignments required of graduate students.
YNL 580 Special
Problems in Youth and Human Service Organizations (1-3). Prerequisite:
prior consent of instructor.
YNL 698 Thesis (3).
YNL 699 Thesis (3).
Top
of Page
|